Terapevtski pripomočki in oprema

Hot & ColdTherapy

Cold TherapyHot & Cold PacksHydrocollatorsWhirlpoolsHeat Therapy

252 - 256257258259

260 - 262

BiofreezeCool GelFor full detailssee page 255

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:49 Page 251

Fax: 08448 730 100 www.mobilisrolyan.com252

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

yCold Therapy

RecoverIce Ice Wrap1

RecoverIce bandage is a portable, self-contained and ready-to-use compression bandage that will cool muscle tissue and jointswhen applied. It provides the cooling and compression requiredfor muscular and joint injuries and controls swelling.017667 1 metre £2.76017668 2 metre £3.75

Ice Up™ Portable Ice Massager2

The Ice-Up™ Portable Massager provides you with a direct,active ice massage in an easily portable design. It gives youquick, deep tissue penetration focused on target areas.The ergonomic comfort grip barrel offers a controlled icemassage while the patented Ice Grippers allow for a full rangeof controlled massage pressure.017827 £11.91

Sports Therapy: Theoretical and PracticalConsiderations for the Manual Therapist

3

An easy-to-use source of information which presents thefoundations of sports therapy.010424 £25.00

1 2

3

INFORMATIONFor more educational resources see pages 625 to 640.

TheraFlex™ Re-usable Cold/Hot Packs4

TheraFlex cold/hot packs are ideal for all clinical applications.Flexible when frozen, reusable and filled with a non-toxic,biodegradable gel. The wrapper is also recyclable. The packsare leakproof providing added safety for patients. Use also as a hot pack by either microwaving or by boiling in hot water.AA9511A Standard Pack 13 x 25cm £1.81AA9511B Universal Pack 15 x 25cm £1.81AA9511C Large Universal Pack 15 x 30cm £2.21AA9511D Cervical Pack 10 x 28cm £1.81

Re-usable Cold Packs5

An effective treatment tool for applying localised cold therapy.Once chilled, the packs remain cold for up to thirty minutes. They remain soft and pliable even below freezing and mould tobody contours. Chilled packs should be wrapped in a light towelbefore placing on the affected area. Latex free.Single Bulk - 12 Pk Cold Pack Size3545 3545BK Standard 28 x 36cm£15.16 £179.723547 3547BK Neck Contour 58cm long£17.66 £196.693548A 3548ABK Half Size 19 x 28cm£10.21 £104.623548B 3548BBK Quarter Size 13 x 15cm£9.32 £92.593548C 3548CBK Cervical Size 8 x 28cm£7.32 £79.383548D 3548DBK Oversize - 28 x 53cm£25.17 £86.89 Box of 4

Soft Hot/Cold Packs6

This soft hot/cold pack is uniquely designed for the convenientapplication of hot or cold therapy to painful areas of the body.Made of strong, durable material, the pack contains a non-toxicgel, which remains soft even when frozen, and a special barrierwhich helps retain both heat and cold. Ideal for sports injuries,general bruising, minor burns, stiffness, toothache etc. Can beheated in boiling water or microwave. Available in 2 sizes.AA9742A 11 x 28cm £5.28AA9742B 32.5 x 18cm £6.83

4

5 6

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:49 Page 252

www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035 253

Cold Therapy

Vulkan® Instant Ice Pack1

Ideal for any emergency, these packs are activated by simplysqueezing them. They instantly turn ice cold and remain cold forapprox 15 minutes.002408 (1-23) £1.05 (24+) £1.00

Vulkan® Cooling Spray2

Instant cooling effect once sprayed on the skin. Only to be usedon minor knocks. 014438 150ml £2.44

Vulkan® Re-usable Cold/Hot Pack3

From the fridge to the microwave, this versatile pack with extraprotective sleeve stays flexible whatever the temperature.Conforms well to body contours. 002932 £2.15

Colpac4

These ColPac’s remain completely flexible at any temperaturedown to -12 degrees C. They are made from a strong vinyl thatwill understand any shaping or bending and will not becomebrittle or crack and leak Standard Colpac

004800 28 x 36cm £16.10

Half Size Colpac

004803 19 x 28cm £9.22

Quarter Size Colpac

004802 14 x 19cm £7.33

Neck Contour Colpac

004804 58cm long £16.57

Oversize Colpac

004806 28 x 53cm £27.92E

D

C

B

A

2

3

4

1

Hot &

Cold

Therapy

A

B

C

D

E

5

Mueller Heavy Duty Ice Bags5

These clear, polyethylene bags are rugged enough to handleeven the sharpest ice.012493 25.4 x 45.7cm £56.72

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:49 Page 253


Cold therapy

An application system that is comfortable and well tolerated.When the pack freezes, ice crystals form around internal softpolymer crystal granules - and the presence of ice in the bagextends the cold time. Ice does not form on the surfacegranules, so they have a slightly higher temperature, providingimproved skin tolerance over traditional gel and ice therapies.• Recommended following surgery and to relieve muscle aches

and sprains

• Cost effective post-op cold therapy

• No messy ice clean up

• Available in neoprene wraps for compression and foam wrapsfor economy

• One size fits most adults

• Non-toxic

• Use as a hot pack - simply microwave or heat in boiling water

• Pack remains cold for up to 3 to 4 hours

FIRST+ICE™ Packs

Kinetec ECT System - Extended Cold Therapy

1

FIRST+ICE packs. 15 x 22cm. Weight 34g.559419 Pack of 2 £10.86559420 Pack of 12 £64.76

ECT Universal Pack Rolyan2

Kit includes two FIRST+ICE packs, one universal sleeve and oneTensoWrap-Super slip resistant 1 metre long strap. Reusable andmicrowave and freezer safe. Non-toxic.559418 Kit £24.80

Extended Cold Therapy RolyanDorsal Knee Wrap

3

Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and one wrap. Dorsal foamkit and wrap include removable soft foam patella compressionpiece to support post-arthroscopic dressings (not included withthe neoprene kit and wrap). Post-arthroscopic dressing padincluded with the dorsal foam kit and wrap only (see item 1A).559400 Dorsal Neoprene Kit £41.08559401 Dorsal Neoprene Wrap - Only £26.12A400102 Foam Kit £26.12

Extended Cold Therapy RolyanShoulder Wrap

4

Two adjustable pockets for custom positioning. Kit includes fourFIRST+ICE packs and wrap.559411 Neoprene Wrap - Only £39.35559413 Foam Wrap - Only £30.28

Extended Cold Therapy RolyanElbow/Ankle Wrap

5

Adjustable pockets for custom fit. Kit includes two FIRST+ICEpacks and wrap. 559406 Neoprene Kit £52.69559407 Neoprene Wrap - Only £32.72559422 Foam Kit £35.11559409 Foam Wrap - Only £26.88

Extended Cold Therapy RolyanBack Wrap

6

Kit includes four FIRST+ICE packs and neoprene wrap. 559404 Neoprene Kit £66.12559405 Neoprene Wrap - Only £52.35

THE CURVES SHOW THAT FIRST+ICE™ HASTHE STAYING POWER OF ICE WITH THE

ADDED SAFETY OF A WARMER TREATMENTTEMPERATURE AGAINST THE SKIN

1

1 2

THE CURVES SHOW THAT THE GEL HAS ADANGEROUSLY LOW TEMPERATURE DURING

TREATMENT, AND THAT IT RETAINS THEEFFECTIVE TEMPERATURE FOR LESS TIME

THAN FIRST+ICE™

1

A

3 4

4

5 6

5

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:49 Page 254


Hot &

Cold

Therapy

Cold Therapy

Biofreeze Cool Pain Relieving Gel1

Biofreeze contains 100% natural menthol and 100% naturalherbs. This pump action gel provides deep long lasting pain relief.010609 473ml (16oz) £21.15016196 Roll On 89ml (3oz) £8.42

2

1

A

D

C

B

Polar Frost Cold Gel2

Pain Relieving Cold Gel from Lapland.Polar Frost Pain relieving Cold Gel is specially formulated toprovide soothing relief for soft tissue injuries, stress injuries,muscle tension, inflammation, arthritis and stiffness. Aloe Verahas an anti-inflammatory effect and it keeps the skin smooth andmoist during each application. Polar Frost Cold Therapy hasbeen proven to help relieve pain and increase mobility. Massagea thin layer of Polar Frost Cold Gel into the painful area. The skintemperature drops approximately 4 to 8°C. Repeat applicationevery three hours for 3 to 5 days, as needed. The Cold Gelabsorbs fast and works quickly. Polar Frost is manufacturedunder strictly standardised production process using only thehighest quality materials. The gel is non-greasy and will not stainthe skin. Not tested on animals. Latex free.

AA9715A 75ml Roll-On £5.40

AA9715B 150ml Tube £5.40

AA9715C 500ml Pump £13.91

AA9715E 200 x 6g Individual Sachets £48.27D

C

B

A

3

Polar Frost Cold Spray3

For emergency care of soft tissue injuries, such as strains andruptures. Also for emergency treatment of minor burns. Sprayfrom a distance of about 15cm for a maximum of 5 seconds.Repeat if necessary. Size 220ml.09 117 1479 £6.32

Deep Freeze Cold Gel4

Is a pain relieving cold gel. Its cooling, penetrating action goesdeep down to relieve the aches and pains of overworkedmuscles, tendons and joints. 001200 100g £4.48

Medi-Ice Bag5

Screw top ice bag that can be filled with crushed ice orice cubes. 003050 23cm diameter £9.07

Ice Bag6

Heavy duty ice bag to reduce swelling and relieve pain, simply fillwith ice and apply to desired area. Made from rubber on theinside and cloth on the outside. Has a leak proof cap andwasher. A flexible design to fit any part of the body. Colours mayvary. To clean, rinse with warm water and let dry. Length 23cm.AA9740 £4.16

4

5

6

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:50 Page 255


Cold TherapyH

ot &

Col

d T

hera

py

Scotsman™ Easy Ice Maker2

A manual, injection moulded plastic ice cube maker produceshard, crystal clear, thimble shaped ice cubes. Over 24 hoursthe icemaker can produce 9kg of ice cubes (about 450 cubes).Ice cubes are stored in a bin with a capacity of 3.5kg(about 175 cubes). Dimensions: Height 640mm. Width 380mm.Depth 380mm. Weight 29kg. Fuse rating 13A. Average energyconsumption 4.5kwh per 10 to 15 litres water at 15°.No plumbing required. AA9579A £1065.28

Aircast Cryo/Cuff Compression Dressing System

1

The Aircast System applies simultaneous cold and compressionto relive pain and accelerate rehabilitation. The system isportable and easy to use. It comprises of three component parts.1. A cuff that covers the specific body part with pressurised

ice water2. A cooler that holds enough water and ice for 6 to 8 hours of

cryotherapy3. A tube that exchanges the water between the cooler and

the cuff. 09 100 5859 Cooler & Tube Assembly £52.24

09 100 5842 Ankle Cuff £61.33

09 100 5917 Small Knee Cuff Fits 25-48cm £61.33

09 100 5891 Medium Knee Cuff 45.5-58.5cm £61.33

09 100 5883 Large Knee Cuff - 51-79cm £61.33

09 100 5909 Shoulder Cuff £73.81

09 100 5867 Elbow Cuff £61.33

09 100 5875 Hand/Wrist Cuff £61.33

B

D

C

A

Scotsman™ AF80 Ice Flaker3

High quality ice flaker made from stainless steel. Produces smallirregular flakes of ice, which have an even melting rate. Holdingbin has 25kg capacity. It can produce 65kg flakes in a 24 hourperiod. Dimensions: Height 933mm x Width 535mm x Depth621mm. Weight 72kg. Average energy consumption 7.5kwh per64 litres water at 15°. Requires installation.AA9579B Ice Flaker - Delivery Only SDD £2595.60AA9579BI Ice Flaker - Delivery and Installation £3135.50

2 3

1

1

A

C

D

1

B

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

Inflatable Ice Bath4

4

Designed for sports teams and clubs to aid recovery aftermoderate to intense training and competition. Easy to inflate,deflate and transport. Ideal for away games. Includes pump.017638 £110.00

ENDORSED BY SALE SHARKS

UK SAME DAY DESPATCHNow available from stock. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

SDD

032_EXPT_0249-0256:032_EXPT_0249-0256 23/11/09 17:50 Page 256


Hot &

Cold

Therapy

Hot & Cold Packs

Moist Heat/Cold Packs2

For effective and convenient, moist heat and cold therapytreatment at an affordable price. These moist heat/cold packsare specially designed to be used over and over again. AA9512A Standard Pack 25 x 30cm £10.67AA9512B Spinal Pack 25 x 46cm £18.15AA9512C Cervical Pack 18 x 61cm £15.93

Tropic Pac™ Moist Heat Packs3

• To prevent mould and mildew growth

• Fabric prevents odours

Made of new synthetic fabric specifically designed to fightbacteria growth and its accompanying odour. Tropic Pac MoistHeat Packs apply moist heat for a minimum of 30 minutes.Packs are reusable.3501 Standard 25 x 30cm Single £11.713502 Half Size 13 x 30cm Single £7.573503 Contour Cervical 61 x 15cm Single £13.713504 Oversize 38 x 61cm Single £21.223505 Knee/Shoulder 25 x 51cm Single £21.983501BK Standard 25 x 30cm Pack of 12 £121.853502BK Half Size 13 x 30cm Pack of 12 £92.933503BK Contour Cervical 61 x 15cm Pack of 12 £172.093504BK Oversize 38 x 61cm Pack of 4 £115.953505BK Knee/Shoulder 25 x 51cm Pack of 6 £133.64

Washable Hot Pack Covers4

These multi-layered all terry cloth hot pack covers are soft anddurable. Covers are not as stiff as the foam filled version andhave the feel of a plush towel. All sizes are washable and fitcorresponding Tropic Pacs.923510 Standard 25 x 30cm £23.13923511 Oversize 38 x 106cm £31.00923512 Cervical 61 x 15cm £23.79

Terry Cover for HotPac5

Constructed in a traditional terry knit weave, there is a cover to fitevery size HotPac. Plus, they are washable.Terry Cover For Oversize Hotpac004765 £31.48Terry Cover For Standard Hotpac004758 £29.35Terry Cover For Neck Hotpac004749 £17.83

INFORMATIONFor Hydrocollators, please see page 258.

Therabeads™ Microwave Moist Heat Packs

1

Have convenience and safety with these non-toxic, high qualitymicrowavable heat packs. Therabeads conform to any contour,giving a soft, snug fit and do not saddle like many heat packs dueto their superior construction. Made up of tiny hydroscopic beads,which retain their moisture for up to 30 minutes, and provide moistheat at the correct levels for effective therapy. Supplied with case.Therabeads are made from hydroscopic aluminium.A61711 Half Size Pack 13 x 30cm £14.91A61710 Standard Pack 23 x 30cm £23.35A617100 Cervical Pack 17 x 56cm £24.29

1

2 3

4 5

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 257


Hot

& C

old

The

rap

yHydrocollators

12-Pac Tropic Heater Sammons Preston

Hydrocollator® Heating Units

1

2

1

The Tropic Heater applies effective heat to Hot Pacs used in moist heat therapy. Stainless steel, double-insulated walls makethese units durable and energy efficient. Thermal protector andthermostat monitor temperature to prevent overheating. Seamlesscovered bottom minimises bacteria build-up and concealedheating element makes cleaning easy. Interior stainless steel racks accommodate all sizes and shapes of Hot Pacs. LED powerswitch is front-mounted for easy access. Hospital grade powercord and UL/CSA listed for safety. Includes drain valve and swivelcastors. Castors provide mobility and locking capability. Measures40 x 60 x 81cm. Includes 12 standard size Tropic Pacs.3539V 220V Unit £1132.743539 110V Unit £1132.74

4-6wks

2-4wks

UPRIGHT STAINLESS STEELRACKS PROVIDE EASY ACCESS

2

Model M2 MobileMost popular intermediate size unit. Large insulated tank.Height 84 x Length 68 x Width 39cm.AA971601 120V Unit £2172.35AA971602 220V Unit £2172.35

Model SS2 MobileVersatility for the smaller department or clinic. Insulated tank.Height 84 x Length 53 x Width 39cm.AA971603 120V Unit £1963.41AA971604 220V Unit £1963.41

Model M4 MobileThe largest mobile heating unit with oversized drain.Height 84 x Length 88.5 x Width 51cm.AA971605 120V Unit £4667.22AA971606 220V Unit £4667.22

Model SS StationaryIdeal for the smaller department or clinic. Insulated tank.Height 44.5 x Length 44.5 x Width 39cm.AA971607 20V Unit £1689.74AA971608 220V Unit £1689.74

Model E1 StationaryJust right for small clinics and departments where OversizeHotPacs are not a concern. Non-insulated. Fits on desktop.Height 38 x Length 31.75 x Width 20cm.AA971609 120V Unit £683.62AA971610 220V Unit £683.62

Model E2 StationaryA smaller, non-insulated heating unit with the capacity forOversize HotPacs. Height 42 x Length 35.5 x Width 30cm.AA971611 120V Unit £1158.29AA971612 220V Unit £1158.29Hydrocollator Accessories (Not Illustrated)AA971613 Side Table Rack £480.53AA971614 Dial Thermometer £41.74

F

E

D

C

B

A

Hydrocollator Heating Units provide consistent heat forHotPacs. All units are made of stainless steel and arefitted with a thermostat to control the temperature ofthe unit. Low water sensor shuts off the unit if the waterlevel gets too low. CE, UL Listed and cUL listed.Temperature range between 71-74°C.

1

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 2 to 6 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

A

C

B

D

F

E

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 258

Hot &

Cold

Therapy

Whirlpools

2

3630 3631 3632 3633 3634

3624

1

Mobile Whirlpools Sammons Preston1

Both economical and versatile, all Sammons Preston Whirlpools areequipped with a powerful 1/2 horsepower turbine to provide soothingtherapeutic hydrotherapy treatment. Heavy gauge stainless steelconstruction provides durability and a factory fresh finish that lasts.Compact design allows functional, effective hydrotherapy. Mobile modelsrange in size from 38 litres to 397 litres capacity for localised or full bodyhydrotherapy. All models include a dual-scale thermometer with adjustablecalibration and a special anti-rattle retainer. Available in 110V and 220V. For 220V models add ‘V’ to code. Eg. 3630V.

Whirlpools Accessories2

Auxiliary Drain Hose Assembly 300mm long hose helps to direct water into floor drain. Connects to allmobile whirlpools (not illustrated).923626 £89.42Replacement Stainless Steel Braided HoseA 920mm long hose connects between thermostatic mixing valve and fillerspout to assist with whirlpool filling (not illustrated).923627 £202.70Filler SpoutStandard on all stationary whirlpools, this accessory can be fastened tomobile whirlpools to allow a connection to a thermostatic mixing valve.Drilling required for attachment to whirlpool (not illustrated). 923628 £101.35Washout Hose AttachmentA 2750mm long hose assists with whirlpool cleaning (not illustrated).923625 £947.92Thermostatic Mixing Valves3624 25 GPM for use on all stationary whirlpools £1152.45

Lower Extremity Mobile Whirlpool Baths

Code Description Length Width Depth Capacity Weight

3630 Mini Whirlpool for feet and ankles 560mm 330mm 310mm 38 litres 40kg £2084.563631 Standard Whirlpool for feet, ankles, calves and arms 720mm 380mm 460mm 83 litres 52kg

3632 Deluxe Whirlpool for feet, ankles, calves, knees and arms 810mm 380mm 640mm 170 litres 66kg £2678.07

Full Body Lo-Boy Mobile Whirlpool Baths

Code Description Length Width Depth Capacity Weight

3633 Full Body Lo-Boy Whirlpool for entire body 1320mm 610mm 460mm 284 litres 90kg

3634 Deluxe Lo-Boy Whirlpool for entire body 1680mm 610mm 460mm 397 litres 90kg £3266.82

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.


033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 259

260

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

yHeat Therapy

Backsure™ Heat Therapy Supports• Backsure: A unique evidence based concept,

shown effective in independent clinical trials1-5.

• Trials were double blind, randomised, placebo controlled.

• The patented material provides continuous therapeutic heat byreflecting the body’s own heat (infrared) back to the target joint.

• Provides heat therapy whilst support is provided through proprioception.

• Lightweight, unobtrusive. Freedom of movement.

• Can be used to ease pain by itself and on top of other treatments.

• The breathable device can be worn all the time, day and night: Effect increases with time and benefit takes several weeks to wear off if use is discontinued.

References: 1. Munglani et al. Eur Spine J 2002 ; 11 :S29-30. 2. Nash et al. Pain Soc UK 2002, Abstr 115. 3. Atherton et al.Clin J Pain, in press. 4. Petty-Saphon et al, Arch Phys MedRehab, in press. 5. Mazucca et al. Arthr Care Res, in press.

Backsure™ Back Support1

Indications: Subacute/chronic mechanical back pain whensurgery is not due or uncertain. Shown advantageous inindependent trials1-4. 40% pain reduction observed on top ofmedication. Narrow front wings with velcro fastening, allows fullmovement, and can be used all the time without risk of musclewastage. Hand wash only. For size, measure waist. 55032901 Small 67-82cm £60.7655032903 Large 95-110cm £60.7655032904 X-Large 109-124cm £63.8055032905 XX-Large 123-138cm £63.80

Backsure™ Wrist Support2

Indications include rheumatoid arthritic wrist pain. Not suitablefor manual labour. Hand wash only. For size, measure aroundthe palm.Left Right55032801 55032802 16-23cm £40.0155032803 55032804 22.5-32cm £40.01

Backsure™ Knee Support3

Indications: Osteoarthritis or knee pain from degenerative changes.Shown advantageous in trials5. 27% pain reduction on top ofmedication. Designed for freedom of movement without discomfort;gap for patella, no pad posteriorly. Hand wash only. For size,measure knee circumference above patella standing up.55033005 Small 33.5-37cm £60.7055033006 Medium 37-40.5cm £60.7055033007 Large 40.5-45.5cm £60.7055033008 X-Large 45.5-51.5cm £60.70

36

34

32

30

˚C

Warm BackSureClothes

LOW-BACK SKINTEMPERATURE

MULTIPLE, SPACE-AGE IR REFLECTIVE LAYERS, YET THIN,LIGHTWEIGHT, POROUS, UNOBTRUSIVE

IR HEAT

PERSPIRATION

SHOWN INSIDE OUT (OUTER IS WHITE)

21

4

Thermapen Thermometer4

Fax: 08448 730 100 www.mobilisrolyan.com

SHOWN INSIDE OUT

33

The Thermapen gives an accurate reading of your paraffin bath inless than 4 seconds! The fold away probe protects from breakage.Temperature ranges from –50°C to 200°C. The large digits are easyto read. Test certificate of accuracy included. Heat pan and splintmaterials sold separately.09 117 1412 £78.93

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 260


Hot &

Cold

Therapy

Heat Therapy

Therabath® Paraffin Bath Including Paraffin Wax

Therabath® Refill Paraffin Wax

Terry Velour Mitts and Boots

Mitt/Boot Liners

Paraffin Beads Rolyan

Performa™ Insulation Garments

1

3

4

5

6

5

2

WINTERGREEN WINTERGREENWINTERGREEN CITRUS

1

This heavy duty, hospital grade unit includes an energy efficientdesign with extra insulation; thermoplastic control to maintain a medically prescribed temperature; a safe melt system for 24 hour operation; a larger size to comfortably fit hands, feet,elbows and; CE/CETL listings for quality and safety. Includes 2.72kg (6lb) of triple filtered, therapeutic paraffin.Lifetime guaranteed.AA9713L £149.25AA9713A BS1363 UK Adaptor £16.98AA9713B EU CEE7 EU Adaptor £16.98

2

Premium paraffin is specially formulated to provide maximumtherapeutic effect with minimal fuss. With a medical grade blendwhich is then triple filtered for purity. The result is easy to use. For any paraffin bath. Each carton contains 6 individuallywrapped 454g packages.AA9713C Wintergreen £27.31AA9713D Scent Free £27.31AA9713E Lavender £27.31

3

Mitts and boots prolong heat from warm paraffin for longerlasting relief and softer, smoother skin. Made of heavyweightplush terry velour. Lined for maximum comfort and warmth,easy-to-use hook and loop closures, machine washable. AA9713F Mitts - Pair £17.89AA9713G Boots - Pair £17.89

4

Plastic liners make paraffin treatment clean, fast and easy. Extra large size fits both hands and feet.AA9713H Pack of 100 £11.93

5

Paraffin wax and oils for professional use. Rolyan’s paraffin waxis the purest, most refined paraffin in the industry. Since ourparaffin wax is medical grade quality, it is extremely pure,which is evident by the clarity of the wax when it is in liquid form.Our paraffin wax and oil is available in four different scentsas well as unscented. Formulated to not stick together.Sold in packs of 6. 454g bags.A8192 Unscented Beads £22.00554184 Wintergreen Beads £22.00554185 Citrus Beads £22.00

6

Terry cloth, machine washable wraps to prolong the therapeuticheat generated by paraffin treatments. The system consists ofa plastic liner covered by an insulation mitt, boot or wrap (thewrap is great for elbow treatments). One size fits most adults.A81983 Mitt £14.72A81981 Boot £14.72A81982 Wrap £14.72A81980 100 Protective Liners £9.32

SPARESSpares are available for these products, making them suitable forrefurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 261

Heat Therapy

Wheateeze Full Back Pack 1

This pack opens out to cover the whole back giving gentlewarming heat over a large area. Excellent for long car journeys.The velcro down each side allows the pack to be securedtogether as a roll forming a “Muff”. Ideal for warming andsoothing the hands.016348 Weight 2.50kg Overall Size 50 x 43cm £28.38

Wheateeze Relief Pack2

Ideal for the neck and shoulder areas where stress and tensionaccumulate. The Relief Pack is so versatile that it moulds itself tomost areas of the body.016347 40 x 16cm £10.67

Wheateeze Lower Back Pack Not Illustrated3

The Wheateeze lower back pack as the name suggests is for thelower lumbar region. The design of the lower back pack, whichcan fold down the middle allows the pack to mould aroundvarious parts of the body; knees shoulders and thighs, relievingstresses and strains of everyday tension015681 Weight 1.5kg Overall Size 27 x 27cm £17.02

Vulkan® Sports Balm 4

More economical than traditional heat rubs, this pre-sport heatrub comes in a handy size for kit bags and a larger size for thetreatment room.002931 175ml £3.03002930 560ml £7.22

Vulkan® Re-usable Cold/Hot Pack5

From the fridge to the microwave, this versatile pack with extraprotective sleeve stays flexible whatever the temperature.Conforms well to body contours.002932 £2.15

HeatBands™ Hand Warmers6

Raynauds Association approved. HeatBands™ HandWarmers are ultra thin lightweight wristbands designed toprevent cold hands without the use of drugs, chemicals oractivation ingredients. HeatBands™ work by utilsing thebody's own heat. Each wristband has a waterproof outersurface and a skin safe absorbent inner with a heat reflectivecore. HeatBands™ insulate the blood vessels that lie close tothe skin’s surface at the wrist and reflect the body's own heatback to that area. Neutral colour for discreet wear.09 118 4761 Pack 14 £5.0009 118 4779 Pack 60 £8.00

Deep Heat Spray7

000410 150ml £3.70

Fast Aid Heat Pads8

001336 9.5 x 13cm £1.88

Deep Heat Rub9

000411 100g £4.42

1

4 5

76

8 9

2

262 Fax: 08448 730 100 www.mobilisrolyan.com

Hot

& C

old

The

rap

y

NEW

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 262

NeedlesAccessoriesElectro AcupunctureEducation• Books• Charts• Models

264 - 265265

266 - 267

269269270

Acupuncture

According to traditionalChinese philosophy, ourhealth depends on the stateof the body’s vital energy,or Qi. A smooth andbalanced flow is associatedto a healthy state of theindividual, acupuncture isfundamental in achieving this.We offer a wide range ofneedles and educationaltools to provide you withthe tools you require.

Seirin NeedlesFor full range see page 264

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:50 Page 263


Acu

pun

ctur

eNeedles

Seirin B Acupuncture Needle2

SEIRIN B Type acupuncture needles have been the leadingdisposable needles. They are made of special stainless steel and ground to diamond sharpness, polished three times andhave a micro-thin silicone coating, making needle insertionparticularly easy and gentle. Without guide tube. Box of 100.010465 15 x 0.20mm Blue £9.90010466 30 x 0.30mm Brown £9.90010467 40 x 0.25mm Violet £9.90010468 50 x 0.30mm Brown £9.90010469 50 x 0.35mm Black £9.90

Seirin J Acupuncture Needles3

SEIRIN J-Type acupuncture needles is ensured by the guide tubein which this needle is supplied. The rounded edges of the tubeallow comfortable, painless positioning of the needle. J-Typeneedles are ultra-fine and made of stainless steel, so that theyonly require slight pressure to penetrate the skin, achieved bygentle tapping. With guide tube. Box of 100.009769 30 x 0.16mm £10.45018717 30 x 0.20mm £10.45018720 30 x 0.25mm £10.45018719 40 x 0.20mm £10.45009770 40 x 0.25mm £10.45009771 50 x 0.30mm £10.45

Dong Bang DB100 Needles4

Spring handled needles packed with one needle per blister. With guide tube. 100 Needles per box.

Length DiameterS2850 DB100 15mm 0.20mm £4.99S2851 DB100 15mm 0.25mm £4.99S2852 DB100 30mm 0.20mm £4.99S2853 DB100 30mm 0.25mm £4.99S2854 DB100 30mm 0.30mm £4.99S2855 DB100 40mm 0.25mm £4.99S2856 DB100 40mm 0.30mm £4.99S2857 DB100 50mm 0.25mm £4.99S2858 DB100 50mm 0.30mm £4.99

1

2 3

4

Classic Plus Acupuncture Needles1

The most popular variety of acupuncture needle. Traditional coil andloop, copper handle, pain free insertion, silicon free and individualguide tube. Excellent value. Each size supplied in box of 100.

Diameter09 116 2502 13 x 0.20mm £7.5509 116 2510 13 x 0.22mm £7.5509 116 2528 25 x 0.20mm £7.5509 116 2536 25 x 0.22mm £7.5509 116 2544 25 x 0.25mm £7.5509 116 2551 25 x 0.28mm £7.5509 116 2569 25 x 0.30mm £7.5509 116 2577 40 x 0.22mm £7.5509 116 2585 40 x 0.25mm £7.5509 116 2593 40 x 0.28mm £7.5509 116 2601 40 x 0.30mm £7.5509 116 2619 50 x 0.25mm £7.5509 116 2627 50 x 0.30mm £7.5509 116 2635 70 x 0.25mm £7.5509 116 2643 70 x 0.30mm £7.5509 116 2650 90 x 0.30mm £7.55

033_EXPT_0257-0264:033_EXPT_0257-0264 23/11/09 17:51 Page 264


Needles & Accessories

Qi Master Acupuncture NeedlesTraditional craftsmanship, ultra light materials, pain free insertion, siliconfree and Individual guide tube. Each size supplied in box of 100.

Length Diameter09 116 2387 15mm 0.16mm £10.9609 116 2395 30mm 0.16mm £10.9609 116 2403 15mm 0.18mm £10.9609 116 2411 30mm 0.18mm £10.9609 116 2429 15mm 0.20mm £10.9609 116 2437 30mm 0.20mm £10.9609 116 2445 40mm 0.20mm £10.9609 116 2452 30mm 0.22mm £10.9609 116 2460 40mm 0.22mm £10.9609 116 2478 30mm 0.25mm £10.9609 116 2486 40mm 0.25mm £10.96

2

Acupuncture Starter PackContains the most popular sizes of needles, acupuncture body model,sharp box, medi-swabs and Vaccaria Seeds. Great for beginners.09 116 2494 £101.35

3

Pre-Injection Swabs

Instrument Trays

Sharps Bins

Alco-tip swabs supplied in packs of 100 used for hygienic preparation.09 116 2726 £6.53

4

Used to keep your working environment safe and hygienic.09 116 2668 Small 175 x 125 x 25mm £11.8109 116 2676 Medium 225 x 175 x 20mm £21.3509 116 2684 Large 370 x 270 x 50mm £30.89

5

Available in four different sizes, enable the therapist to safelydispose of used needles.09 116 2692 0.5 litres £7.1609 116 2734 0.645 litres £10.7309 116 2700 1.63 litres £13.1209 116 2718 6 litres £21.35

6

4

3

21

5

Acup

uncture

Dong Bang DB102 Needles1

Spring handled needles packed with one needle per blister.Without guide tube. 100 needles per box.

Length DiameterS2860 15mm 0.18mm £3.49S2861 15mm 0.20mm £3.49S2862 15mm 0.25mm £3.49S2863 25mm 0.20mm £3.49S2864 30mm 0.18mm £3.49S2865 30mm 0.20mm £3.49S2867 30mm 0.25mm £3.49S2868 40mm 0.20mm £3.49S2869 40mm 0.25mm £3.49S2870 40mm 0.30mm £3.49S2871 50mm 0.30mm £3.49

6

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 265


Electro Acupuncture

1

2

3

Acu-Stim (Plus TENS)1

The NeuroTrac TENS and AcuStim is an advanced and moderndigital dual channel TENS and Acupuncture unit featuring 16 builtin and 3 custom programmes. Four different treatment modesprovide maximum flexibility for pain relief.The unit comes with an additional AcuStim probe and a painmanagement booklet. In addition, the wand provides soundfeedback when an Acupuncture point is located. Suitable for alltypes of pain relief.Features • 12 Built in TENS programmes for ease of use• 4 AcuStim Acupuncture programmes• 2 Customisable constant mode programmes• 1 Customisable Acupuncture programme• Ability to lock the unit• Records time in use and average current• User friendly •Compact, light and reliableAcuStim ProbeThe NeuroTrac™ TENS and AcuStim unit can be easily changedfrom a Transcutaneous Nerve to a versatile surface AcupunctureStimulator by attaching the AcuStim Probe to the connector inthe top of the TENS unit.Standard AccessoriesCarry case, probe, 2 x patient leads. 1 x battery, 1 x pack of Self-Adhesive electrodes, operating instructions.Technical SpecificationBase unit : Internally powered (9V PP3)Channels : 2 (isolated) outputsTime setting : Totally variable from 1min to 12 hours and

also continuousWaveform : Asymmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic with

zero DC currentOutput intensity : 80mA peak3 pulse modes : Burst, modulation and continuousPulse frequencies : 2 to 200HzPulse duration : 50 - 300 microsecondsWeight : 72 grams excluding batteryDimensions : Width 6.3cm, depth 3cm, height 10.5cmWarranty: 2 years - unit onlyS2948 Acu-Stim (plus TENS) £83.70

Pointer Plus Excel2

An Acupuncture Stimulator without needle, the digital displayhelps the user to locate the most accurate acupuncture or triggerpoint easily. It incorporates an effective push button stimulationfeature which may be used for the immediate treatment of thepoint or area right after its detection. As the number in the displayincreases with the lowering of the electric resistance of the skin,and when a maximum number is reached, an acupuncture pointis detected. In addition, the device comes with adjustablefrequency from 1 - 16 Hz, and polarity reversal switch (for settingtonification or sedation.) It has a similar function to a TENS unitwhich stimulates nerves electrically by transmitting currentthrough the skin to relieve some type of pain such as chronic,acute and post-operative pain.Accessories: 2 detection/stimulation probes, 1 hard carryingcase, 1 spare grounding pole & 1 instruction manual.SpecificationFrequency: 1 - 16Hz adjustable +/- 20%Pulse width: 220us +/- 20%Wave form: ContinuousWave shape: Biphasic square waveOutput Current: Micro current, blue zone on dial (0.2mA)

2 to 22mA adjustable (black zone on dial)+/-20% (on 500 ohm loading)

Power: 9v batteryMDD: CE0197Dimensions: 22.5 x 5 x 3.8cmWeight: 90g (body only)S2951 Pointer Plus Excel £132.00

Electro Acupuncture Leads3

Gold plated clips attach to the acupuncture needle. The otherend of the leads is terminated in a 2mm socket, suitable forconnection to a variety of electro-stimulation machines.S2952 Electro acupuncture leads (Pair) £5.25

Acu

pun

ctur

e

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 266


Electro Acupuncture

ES-160 Electro-Acupuncture Stimulation UnitThe latest most advanced technology, 6-output unit. Compact,attractive, lightweight, sturdy, and desk size. Provides 8 stimulationmodes, saves 5 previous treatment parameters, and incorporates16 programmable memory settings. Three LCD displays showpoint search sensitivity, frequency (Hz), pulse width (Ìs), programmodes, memory data, treatment time (minutes), and battery life.The hand probe includes a search-to-treat push button selectoron the probe itself. Point location is indicated on the LCD displayand is regulated with the sensitivity dial. Also allows measurementand storage of Ryodororaku points (6, 12, or 21 volts).Safety features include self-test, zero start, automatic power-off ifunit is left unused for 5 minutes, sound on/off function, emergencystop button, tone signalling end of treatment, and high/low (H/L)switch on side of unit.Accessories include search/stimulation probe, 6 electrode cords(assorted colours), 12 alligator clip-on (6 red/6 black), andoperation manual.SpecificationOutput channels: 6 (stimulates 12 points)Volts & current: Low (L switch) 0 to 8 volts, 0 to 16mA (milliamp)

High (H switch) 0 to 16 volts, 0 to 32mAPen probe: 0 to 24 volts, 0 to 48mAPulse shape: symmetric, bi-phasic square wavePulse width: 50 to 400 us, adjustablePulse mode/frequency:Constant 0.5 * 0.7 * 1 to 500HzBurst: 0.5 * 0.7 * 1 to 7 bursts (carrier freq 100Hz)Surge: on time 4 sec, off time 6 sec

(carrier freq 5 to 500Hz)Fast-Slow: 1 to 500HzSweep: 1 to 500HzRandom prog. 1: 1 to 6Hz, preset programRandom prog. 2: 30 to 100Hz, preset programRandom prog. 3: 2 to 100Hz, preset programTimer: 0 to 60 minutesSkin impedance LCD meter (0 to 200 scale) with monitoring: sound on/off functionPower source: 4 standard 1.5 volt C batteries

(meter displays battery life)Frequency indicator: LCD meter with sound on/offSize, Weight: 24cm x 18cm x 5cm, 560 gramsS2949 £395.00

1

AWQ-104E Multiple AcupuntoscopeFour output channels (connects to 8 needles). New IC circuitry,no cross over. Polarity reversal switch for each channel. Sensitivepoint location with both light & sound indications. E-E/APDtreatment and location switch.Popular model for students and acupuncture practitioners. • E-E / APD treatment and location switch• High / Low voltage switch: low for needles; high for TENS• Continuous, intermittent, and dense-disperse (modulated)

wave forms• Two frequency range settings: 0 to 120 and 0 to 1200Hz.• Compact and portable

Accessories:Acu-pointer probes and hand grip electrodes, 4 connecting wireswith needle clipSpecification:Frequency: 0 to 120 Hz at (1) position

0 to 1200 Hz at (10) positionVoltage: 180V p-pWave form: Adjustable, dense-disperse, and intermittentWave shape: Biphasic square pulse with negative polePulse width: +ve pulse 0.4 msec.Power: 9v battery with easy insertion designMDD: CE0197Dimensions: 14.4 x 10.5 x 6cmWeight: 330g (body only)221391 £143.17

2

1

2

Acup

uncture

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 267


Education

1 2

3 4

5 6

Teach Yourself Acupuncture: Dr Paul Weaver1

A beginners guide to acupuncture, this book offers clear andsimple methodology for defining and administering acupuncturetherapy for everyday conditions. 001414 £11.01

Acupuncture in Physiotherapy: Val Hopwood2

This book allows readers to extend their practice by increasingtheir understanding of acupuncture and indicating where andhow it will benefit their patients. Unlike many obscureacupuncture texts, this book makes the assimilation ofknowledge of Chinese language and medical philosophies easy.018721 £25.35

Acupuncture - Treatment of Musculoskeletal Conditions

3

By Chris Norris MSc MCSP MBAcC.Links practical physiotherapy techniques with acupuncture.Principles of TCM / The Zang Fu organs / Meridians /Acupuncture and Pain Relief / Acupuncture Points / PatientQuestioning and Point Selection / Acupuncture TreatmentMethods / Treatment Protocols for the lower limb, upper limb,back and trunk. 2001, 192 pages.S4001 £39.95

Acupuncture Pocketbook4

By Chris Norris MSc MCSP MBAcC.Shows the most commonly used acupuncture points, using clearcolour line drawings throughout. Over 188 separate points areshown, with anatomical location, uses and needling methods.Important surface anatomy relations are clearly illustrated, andpoints are shown in regions for ease of selection. At the end ofthe book, tables list point categories. A general index is providedtogether with a separate points index. Tabs at the page edgesmake point finding easy, and the book comes in a high qualitysatin finish paper for durability. 2005, 104 pages.221518 £13.64

Electro-acupuncture - A Practical Manual and Resource

5

By David F. Mayor.This book presents an overview of the theoretical foundations of electroacupuncture, together with experimental and clinicalevidence for its efficacy. It also provides guidance on the effectiveclinical practice of electroacupuncture, illustrated with informativecase histories.It serves as an excellent introduction on the subject, covering all the key information a beginning practitioner would need to know, as well as exploring avenues for advanced practice.The accompanying CD-ROM is an ideal research tool, providingsearchable chapters from the book as well as an extensivedatabase of more than 8,000 clinical trials that can be accessedvia the CD-ROM or through a companion website.S4017 £52.00

Handbook of Acupuncture in the Treatment ofMusculoskeletal Conditions

6

By Lu Shaojie.This pioneering and practical handbook presents the author'sunique clinical experience in the assessment and acupuncturetreatment of 63 musculoskeletal and soft tissue conditions andalso provides valuable clinical notes offering an insight into thetreatment involved.221529 £37.79

Acu

pun

ctur

e

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 268


Education

Acupuncture Chart SetSet of 4 charts. Chart size 53 x 112cm.001096 £66.59

1

The Points And Meridians of Acupuncture ChartThe chart concentrates on channel-point positions but alsoincludes the major extra points, with contraindications. It providesa professional level of detail in an attractive convenient andinexpensive format. Chart size 58 x 91cm.001099 £31.87

2

Trigger Point Chart Set: Torso and ExtremitiesOne single chart based on the classical point locations found inDr. So's Book of Acupuncture Points. A full colour laminated chartwhich combines three large separate views and many smaller ona single large format. Size 58.5 x 91.5cm (23 x 36").001100 £39.96

3

Travell & Simons’ Trigger Point Pain PatternsCharts Parts 1 & 2

A set of two laminated wall charts. Sold as a 2 piece set only.Size 96 x 71cm (38 x 28").221395 £62.00

4

1

2

3

1

Acup

uncture

44

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 269


EducationA

cup

unct

ure 1

3

Deluxe Acupuncture Model1

A colourful plaster model depicts the 12 Primary channels, the Eight Extraordinary channels and the paraspinal “Hwa To”points on the left side, with “cun” markers for easy evaluation ofdistances between points. The right side is a subcutaneous viewof the neural, circulatory and muscular structures. Includes a keycard showing and naming each acupoint. Size: 86.5cm (34") tall.221393 £79.00

Acupuncture and Anatomical Model2

The right half of the model shows the muscle and the left half shows the points in standard Western numerical system, i.e. ST36; RN12.010471 £144.02

Human Body Model3

A 50cm tall human body model of soft lustrous vinyl mounted on a wooden base. Shows numbers and courses of meridans,including extra meridan points. A manual included shows pointsin English & Chinese.011631 £24.20

2

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 270

CompressionTherapySupplies

Compression Therapy UnitsOedema & Pressure SupportsScar Management

272 - 273274 - 277278 - 280

Oedema GlovesFor full rangesee page 275

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 271


Compression Therapy Units

Pulse Press Multi 3 Channel1

Specially designed for home use, this easy to use unit can beused to reduce hospital visits and improve patient comfort andwell-being. • Compact - unobtrusive in the home.• Simple - easy to use ergonomic design. • Strong - case is manufactured in special plastic polymer for

strength, long life and easy cleaning. • Three and six chambers available - for improved results

and comfort.• Adjustable inflation and deflation time - for variety of therapies

(5 to 120 secs). • Adjustable pressure - for individual comfort. • Digital pressure meter - for safety and ease of use. • Quiet - reliable maintenance free Cyclone pump. • Automatic deflation - fail safe feature ensures that garment fully

deflates at the end of the treatment cycle.

012215 £325.00







012216 £675.00

Pulse Press Multi 6 Pro3

A 6 chamber system that provides gradient sequential compression(pressure is slightly lower in each chamber - distal to proaimal).• Strong - case is made of special plastic polymer for extra

strength and long life.

• Simple - easy to use controls.

• Flexible - single or simultaneous twin garment inflation.

• Accurate- microprocessor control ensures feature accuracy.

• Adjustable Pressure - for extra patient comfort.

• Digital Pressure Meter - easy to read for total confidence andease of use.

• Adjustable inflation and deflation times - for variety of therapies.

• Therapy Timer - offers 15 mins to 120 mins, plus continuousrun feature.

• Automatic deflation - fail safe feature, ensures that garmentfully deflates at the end of the cycle.

012217 £645.00

1

2

3

For use with the Pulse Press Multi 3, 6 & 6 Pro.

Pulse Press offer the widest range of compression garments currently available and all carry a six months warranty. Specially formulated lightweight material combines cool comfort with durability. Large pull ring zip feature ensures easy application and removal. Easy clean - soft, flexible anti kink feed hose.

Code Description A B C D E

010362 Half Arm 50cm 43cm 42cm

009727 Wide Long Arm 60cm 76cm 47cm £82.00010363 Half Leg 60cm 50cm 30cm 31cm 50cm

009730 Long Leg 70cm 74cm 30cm 31cm 50cm £149.00

Sequential Compression Chamber Garments4

LONG LEG

Com

pre

ssio

n Th

erap

y S

upp

lies

034_EXPT_0265-0272:034_EXPT_0265-0272 23/11/09 17:51 Page 272


Compression Therapy

Compression Hosiery

Hosiery Sizing Information

Small Medium Large X-Large

Mid Thigh 41 - 54cm 44 - 58cm 47 - 61cm 50 - 64cm

Calf 32 - 38cm 34 - 40.5cm 36 - 43.5cm 38 - 47cmAnkle 19 - 25.5cm 21 - 27.5cm 23 - 29.5cm 25 - 32cmFoot 20 - 26cm 22 - 28cm 24 - 31cm 26 -33cm

NOTE: The mid-thigh measurement is only required for thigh length stockings.

The foot measurement is only for use with Closed Toe hosiery.D

A

Indications - superficial or early varices, varicosis duringpregnancy, swollen or aching legs and ankles. Suitable for longdistance travel.Class I Below Knee - Closed Toe09 117 9803 Small £11.0709 117 9811 Medium £11.0709 117 9829 Large £11.0709 117 9837 X-Large £11.07

Class I - Light Support(Compression at Ankle - 14 to17mmHg)

1

Indications - varices of medium severity, venous leg ulcertreatment and prevention of recurrence, mild oedema, varicosisduring pregnancy. Suitable for long distance travel.Class II Below Knee - Closed / Open Toe09 117 9845 Closed Toe Small £16.4709 117 9852 Closed Toe Medium £16.4709 117 9860 Closed Toe Large £16.4709 117 9878 Closed Toe X-Large £16.4709 117 9886 Open Toe Small £15.3409 117 9894 Open Toe Medium £15.3409 117 9902 Open Toe Large £15.3409 117 9928 Open Toe X-Large £15.34Class II Thigh Length - Closed / Open Toe09 117 9936 Closed Toe Small £18.7509 117 9951 Closed Toe Medium £18.7509 117 9969 Closed Toe Large £18.7509 117 9985 Closed Toe X-Large £18.7509 117 9993 Open Toe Small £17.6009 118 0009 Open Toe Medium £17.6009 118 0025 Open Toe Large £17.6009 118 0033 Open Toe X-Large £17.60

Class II - Medium Support (Compression at Ankle - 18 to 24mmHg)

2

Indications - gross varices, post thrombotic venous insufficiency,gross oedema, venous leg ulcer treatment and prevention ofrecurrence.Class III Below Knee - Closed / Open Toe09 118 0041 Closed Toe Small £19.8809 118 0058 Closed Toe Medium £19.8809 118 0066 Closed Toe Large £19.8809 118 0074 Closed Toe X-Large £19.8809 118 0082 Open Toe Small £18.7509 118 0090 Open Toe Medium £18.7509 118 0108 Open Toe Large £18.7509 118 0116 Open Toe X-Large £18.75Class III Thigh Length - Closed / Open Toe09 118 0124 Closed Toe Small £24.4209 118 0132 Closed Toe Medium £24.4209 118 0140 Closed Toe Large £24.4209 118 0157 Closed Toe X-Large £24.4209 118 0165 Open Toe Small £23.2909 118 0173 Open Toe Medium £23.2909 118 0181 Open Toe Large £23.2909 118 0199 Open Toe X-Large £23.29

Class III - Strong Support (Compression at Ankle - 25 to 35mmHg)

3

BELOW KNEE - OPEN TOEBELOW KNEE - CLOSED TOE

THIGH LENGTH - OPEN TOETHIGH LENGTH - CLOSED TOE

A

B

C

D

It is essential for hosiery to fit well in order to provide the correctcompression. The range has been designed to allow greater sizing flexibility, reducing the requirement for made to measure prescription stockings.A healthcare professional should assess and measure thewearers’ legs to ensure the most appropriate size of hosiery is supplied for use.

The compression range is based around three classes of compression.

Com

pression Therap

y Sup

plies

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:51 Page 273


Com

pre

ssio

n Th

erap

y S

upp

lies

Oedema Supports

2

1

4

Bio-Form Pressure Glove2

Jobst™ Pre-Sized Glove1

Can be used for immediate treatment of oedema or hypertrophicscarring. Provides gradient pressure to all portions of the hand.Fits right or left hand. For sizing information, request ‘How to FitGuide’, via mail or fax. Sold individually. Regular LongA7971 A7972 Small Each £35.56A7973 A7974 Medium Each £35.56A7975 A7976 Large Each £35.56

Digi Finger Sleeve4

Helps control oedema and hypertrophic scarring. Fabric is smoothwith a super stretch panel for excellent conformity and maximumcomfort. 46cm length provides sleeves for 6 to 9 fingers. To fit, measure the largest circumference of the finger (usually at the PIP). Length 46 and 140cm.46cm LengthA8681 Petite 3.2-4.4cm £20.67A8682 Small 4.1-5.4cm £20.67A8683 Medium 4.8-6.7cm £20.67A8684 Large 6-7.3cm £20.67A8685 X-Large 7-8.3cm £20.67A868101 XX-Large Over 7.6cm £20.67140cm LengthA8687 Small 4.1-5.4cm £47.14A8688 Medium 4.8-6.7cm £47.14A8689 Large 6-7.3cm £47.14A86810 X-Large 7-8.3cm £47.14A868102 XX-Large Over 7.6cm £47.14

Helps control edema and hypertrophic scarring. Smooth elasticfor a comfortable fit. Open finger tips for sensory feedback andmonitoring vascular changes. Fits right or left hand. Soldindividually. Latex Free. To size measure MCP circumference.09 117 3582 Small 15-17cm £29.5309 117 3590 Medium 17-19.5cm £29.5309 117 3608 Large 19.5-23cm £29.5309 117 3616 X-Large Over 23cm £29.53

3 3

Ready-to-Wear Arm Sleeve3

Lightweight, non-pill knitted nylon-spandex material makes thissleeve both comfortable and easy-to-fit. Graded compression of20-30 mmHg, with less at wrist and axilla. Designed for mild-to-moderate oedema, scar hypertrophy, and other conditions requiring compression following trauma,surgery or radiation therapy. Hand washable. Beige. Latex free.Ready to Wear Gauntlet. Designed to be used alone or with theReady-to-Wear Arm Sleeve. Latex free.Sleeve Wrist Forearm Biceps09 116 6750 Small 14-20cm 18-23cm 22-40cm £60.3409 103 8942 Medium 16-22cm 23-29cm 27-45cm £60.3409 103 8959 Large 18-24cm 29-34cm 33-51cm £60.34

Gauntlet Size Palm Wrist929795 Small 15-18.9cm 13.5-19.5cm £56.52929796 Medium 19-22cm 15-21.5cm £56.52929797 Large 22-26cm 17.5-23.5cm £56.52

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 274


Com

pression Therap

y Sup

plies

Pressure Supports

Full-Finger Forearm3

Forearm length 36cm. One size fits most adults.09 118 4431 Left £6.4409 118 4449 Right £6.44

Full-Finger Full Arm4

Length to shoulder 71cm.Left09 118 4456 Small 20.3cm £6.7509 118 4464 Medium 22.9cm £6.7509 118 4472 Large 25.4cm £6.75Right09 118 4480 Small 20.3cm £6.7509 118 4498 Medium 22.9cm £6.7509 118 4506 Large 25.4cm £6.75

Open-Finger Full Arm5

Length to shoulder 71cm.Left09 118 4514 Small 20.3cm £6.6209 118 4522 Medium 22.9cm £6.6209 118 4530 Large 25.4cm £6.62Right09 118 4548 Small 20.3cm £6.6209 118 4555 Medium 22.9cm £6.6209 118 4571 Large 25.4cm £6.62

3

4

5

1

2

Full-Finger Glove1

Oedema Gloves

Open-Finger Glove2

Left RightA571221 A571220 X-Small Each £6.57A571223 A571222 Small Each £6.57A571225 A571224 Medium Each £6.57A571227 A571226 Large Each £6.57

Exposes finger tips for function and to monitor swelling.Left RightA571201 A571200 X-Small Each £6.57A571203 A571202 Small Each £6.57A571205 A571204 Medium Each £6.57A571207 A571206 Large Each £6.57

Comfortable, economical gloves provide gentlecompression to help control oedema. Made from aneasy to care for blend of Lycra and spandex. Soldindividually. To determine size, measure circumferenceof hand through the thumb web space. X-Small17.8cm. Small 20.3cm. Medium 22.9cm. Large 25.4cm.

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 275


Com

pre

ssio

n Th

erap

y S

upp

lies

Oedema & Pressure Supports

1

4

5 6

2 3

A

B

Vinyl-Coated Arm Support Rolyan1

Easily cleaned with soap and water or a surface disinfectant;ideal for multiple patient use. Also beneficial when providingtreatment for patients with excessive wound drainage or whorequire application of medication. Can be used with terry clothcover (see below) to maximise patient comfort. 47 x 14 x 14cm.A18610 £68.92

Contoured Arm Support Rolyan2

Designed for use in reducing upper extremity oedema. Fits on hemi-lapboard, table or bed without slipping. Arm can beplaced in supination, and support can be used as an exerciseblock. Terry cloth cover (sold below) can be used over armsupport for additional comfort. 47 x 14 x 14cm.A1861 £22.86

Terry Cloth Cover for Arm Support Rolyan3

For Rolyan Arm Supports A1861 and A18610. Easy to apply and remove. Durable and washable for long term use.A186C £10.01

Functional Foam Arm Elevator Rolyan4

Combines a splint and an elevating support into one positioner.Anatomically correct foam positioning splint helps reduce oedema.Positions the hand in a resting position, with the wrist in 30° ofextension, the MCPs in 60° of flexion, and the IPs slightly flexed.For use in bed or on a half or full lap tray or arm trough. Open cell foam support can be modified with an electric knife for a custom fit.

A1863 Left £26.54

A1864 Right £26.54

09 116 2080 Arm Elevator Tray £17.53B

A

A

Post-Surgical Arm Support Rolyan5

The support eliminates the need to suspend the arm from an IVpole or to continually reposition the arm on pillows. The supporthas open areas on the sides to allow observation of the extremityfor correct arm position, vascular changes or drainage. 38 x 23 x 23cm.A1862 £45.19

Leg Elevator Rolyan6

Foam elevator for reducing lower extremity oedema. Gradual incline and tapering allows knee flexion. Larger heightused whilst supine and for oedema control treatment. 20cm elevator.6186 £32.53

7

9

10

8

11

Pocket Pressure Gauge8

This is a manometer 0 to 300mmHg, which is used to measureaccurately oral inflation pressures which must not exceed 40mmHg.AA9202 £99.31

Urias™ Mouthpieces9

For use when orally inflating air splints3821M Pack of 100 £29.96

Urias™ Extension Tube Connectors11

An extension tube with connector to aid inflation of all Urias Splints.Length 30cm.AA9276 Each £18.65

Hand Pump with Safety Valve7

Used to inflate Urias Air splints as well as other brands of splintsthat have a 6mm inner diameter inflation tube. The safety relief valveis pre-set at 35mmHg to assist in preventing circulation restriction ofover inflating and damaging the splint. Contains Latex.AA9202A £83.74

Urias™ Filter Bottles10

The mouth filter crystals will turn pale yellow when moist. They should be changed at regular intervals with a maximum of three months.3821P Pack of 5 £25.09

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 276


Com

pression Therap

y Sup

plies

Pressure Supports

Urias™ Pressure Splints1

Easy to fit Urias Pressure Splints provide therapeutic, even pressure on arms, legs, hands and feet when used for neurological rehabilitation. Made of a double layer ofwashable PVC sheeting, each splint features a plastic zipperclosure and is transparent to facilitate positioning. They areapplied to a client’s limb and then inflated. During inflation thesoft inner layer moulds exactly to the limb, providing all over,even pressure when inflation is completed. Inflation can beaccomplished orally, with the use of a personal/disposablemouthpiece and a mouthpiece filter, or with the Hand Pump with Safety Valve. NOTE: Inflation pressures should not exceed 40mmHg.Urias Pressure Splints Benefits• Counter abnormal tone development - Applied following brain

injury due to trauma or strokes, these splints inhibit spasticity,assist movement patterns, expedite weight bearing and reduce oedema. The dynamic force of these pressure splintsencourages sensory recovery by stimulating proprioceptors.

• Inhibit development of contractures in neurological disorders -Where a contracture is already present, Urias Pressure Splintsmay be used to stretch it, gradually reducing the deformity.

• Available in sizes for adults, infants and children in a variety of lengths. To determine correct splint size, measure the lengthof the extremity and refer to the chart below.

• Single or Double Chamber Splints. Single Chamber Splintsallow all over even pressure. Double Chamber Splints offervarying levels of pressure in two separate individually inflatedchambers for specific management of extensor or flexor tone.

Baby/Infant Splint Chamber LengthAA9271 Hand - No Zip Double 14.5cm £19.253823D Arm Single 20cm £34.813823C Arm Single 30cm £35.073823E Arm Single 40cm £34.813823F Leg Single 25cm £44.763823G Leg Single 35cm £44.773823M Leg Single 46cm £42.39Child Splint Chamber Length3823N Hand - No Zip Double 20cm £20.713823O Arm Single 20cm £35.063823I Arm Single 30cm £35.063823P Arm Single 40cm £37.503823H Arm Single 50cm £36.853823Q Leg Double 30cm £35.053823J Leg Double 40cm £50.483823K Leg - With Foot Single 51cm £47.52Adult Splint Chamber LengthAA9271S Finger Single 14.5cm £26.683821A Long Arm Single 80cm £45.423821B Short Arm Single 70cm £38.863821C Half Arm Single 53cm £39.613821D Elbow Single 40cm £25.493821J Hand and Wrist - £26.37

No Zip Double 30cm3823L Hand - No Zip Double 20cm £23.993821F Large Leg Gaiter - £57.50

No Foot Double 66cm3821G Small Leg Gaiter - £56.16

No Foot Double 56cm3821H Foot Single 32cm £36.143823A Full Foot and Leg - £51.02

Open Toe Single 74cm3823B Full Foot and Leg - £59.12

W/Sole, Open Toe Single 74cm

1

1

1

HAND SPLINT

FINGER SPLINT AND BABY HAND SPLINT

ARM SPLINT

1

1

1

ARM SPLINT

LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

LEG SPLINT

1

FOOT SPLINTINFORMATIONFor our complete range of urias splints, please see pages 42 to 43.

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 277


Com

pre

ssio

n Th

erap

y S

upp

lies

1 1

32

4

6

5

6

Mini Massager1

Compact but powerful massager includes three heads forconcentrated massage of specific areas. Cap can be left on formassage over larger areas. Battery operated massager vibratesat approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included.AA9200A £23.74

Scar Pump2

Use following tendon repair, grafting, when skin adhesions limitmotion, or, when active motion, light resistance and scarmassage are appropriate treatment methods. Latex free.A8391 £16.79

Digital Caps3

Elastic and mesh caps lined with Silipos polymer gel for scarmanagement, digit amputation and hypersensitivity. Can be cutto size. For use on the fingers or toes. MeshAA942406 8 per pack £27.51Ribbed Knit Fabric - Packs of 6AA942407 Mini - per pack £27.51AA942408 Ribbed Small/Medium £27.51AA942409 Ribbed Large/X-Large £31.62

Gel Tubing4

Similar to digital caps but allow fingertips to be free for function.MeshAA942410 Narrow £19.71AA942411 Wide £20.38Ribbed Knit FabricAA942412 Narrow £22.66AA942413 Wide £23.29

Digital Pads6

A soft elasticated sleeve with a disc of gel containing mineral oilto soften and lubricate skin. Ideal for scar management and toprotect against pressure and friction on blisters, corns,hammertoes, calluses, etc. Hypoallergenic and washable. AA4502A Small Pack of 3 £9.04AA4502B Medium Pack of 3 £9.04AA4502C Large Pack of 3 £9.04

Gel Tubes5

Elastic tubes lined with polymer gel padding are worn over aninjured or malformed digit or limb to provide gentle compressionand lubrication of skin. The tube protects by absorbing frictionand conforming to the area evenly. Softens dry or injured skin.Excellent for partial finger amputations to lessen sensitivity, whilehaving a therapeutic effect on scar site. Can be turned inside outand placed on finger or writing utensil as a writing aid. Cut to any length. Hand wash, air dry. AA4572A Small 70cm Roll £38.69AA4572B Medium 70cm Roll £38.69AA4572C Large 70cm Roll £38.69

7

Gel-Care7

A 2mm thick layer of Silipos polymer mineral oil on a Tricotebacking. Self-adhesive. Helps reduce scar tissue. Moisturisesand lubricates. Conformable. Exceptional patient compliance.Hypoallergenic, washable and re-usable. Cost-effective.AA9200B 10 x 10cm - Pack of 1 £28.52AA9200C 14 x 20cm - Pack of 1 £57.02AA9200D 4 x 25cm - Pack of 2 £47.51

Scar Management

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 278


Com

pression Therap

y Sup

plies

Scar Management

Dermatix Silicone Sheet - Clear1

Made from silicone and PTFE, the thin Dermatix Silicone SheetClear provides a unique combination of transparency, flexibilityand adhesiveness. The silicone reduces and preventshypertrophic scars and keloids, while the transparency offersminimal visibility of the sheet. Dermatix Silicone Sheet Clear doesnot require adhesive aids such as tape or netting, makingDermatix silicone sheet ideal for wearing on the face or hands.Dermatix Silicone Sheet Clear can be washed with mild soap andwater, making Dermatix silicone sheet easy to reuse.The benefits of Dermatix Silicone Sheets• Convenient and easy to use • Transparent (clear) or silky fabric for optimal level of comfort• Indicated for use on children• Indicated for use on patients with high risk of scarring• Self-adhesive and convenient• Thin and pliable• Durable and washable• Semi-permeable09 118 6204 4 x 13cm £11.8009 118 6212 13 x 13cm £27.0709 118 6253 13 x 25cm £48.9109 118 6246 20 x 30cm £89.08

Dermatix Silicone Sheet - Fabric 2

The fabric sheets are thin, self-adhesive and fabric backed. It islined on one side with silicone, which sticks to the skin reducingand preventing scars. The other side is lined with silky-smoothfabric, which makes Dermatix silicone sheet comfortable andconvenient to use under clothing. Dermatix Silicone Sheet Fabriccan be washed with mild soap and water, making Dermatixsilicone sheet reusable and easy to care for.09 118 6303 4 x 13cm £11.8009 118 6329 13 x 13cm £27.0709 118 6378 13 x 25cm £48.9109 118 6394 20 x 30cm £89.08

Dermatix Silicone Gel3

Dermatix is the advanced topical silicone gel, used andrecommended by plastic surgeons, dermatologists and leadingspecialists worldwide, to effectively reduce scarring. It is clinicallytested and proven to soften, flatten and smooth scars, andrelieve the itching and discomfort associated with them. The gelis easily applied to most areas of the body, including the face,joints and other parts of the skin. It is supplied in a 15g tube andcan be obtained with or without a prescription. A 60g tube is alsoavailable for those who have larger scars.The benefits of Dermatix Gel:• Quick drying, convenient and easy to use • Transparent and discreet • Indicated for the use on sensitive skin, children and patients

with high risk of scarring • Maintains the skin’s moisture balance • Provides elastic protection to the skin • No maceration • Semi-permeable09 118 6121 15g tube £32.4309 118 6139 60g tube £97.32

The industry renowned brand in ScarManagement, Dermatix is an effectiveand convenient way to manage scarsand to prevent abnormal scarring.It is also discreet and a positive step

to help to restore self-confidence. Dermatix flattens,softens and smoothes scars, reduces scar-associatedpain, itching and discoloration, the products offer scarremodelling options that satisfy both clinical efficacy andpatient convenience. Available in sheet form (fabric orclear) or as a gel.

1

2

3

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 279


Com

pre

ssio

n Th

erap

y S

upp

lies

Scar Management

1

2

Cica-Care™ Silicone Gel Sheets1

A revolution in Scar Management from Smith & Nephew.To reduce appearance of scar. Improves patient self esteem.Improves movement and function of scar.Extraordinary adhesive action• No need for tape or bandages• Painless to remove and easy to replace• Can be used where pressure cannot be appliedSingle sided reinforcing membrane• Prevents gel from crumbling so sheet lasts longer• Can be washed and re-used to reduce possible incidence of

skin irritationRelease liner• Quick and easy application• Helps reduce hypertrophic and keloid scarsFor use over closed wounds. To apply, simply cut a sheet to fit scar,peel off protective backing and position gel. For larger scars,several sheets can be used side by side. Release liner allowssimple and quick positioning on the required site. Sterilised individually. Sheet size 15 x 12cm (6 x 43/4").66250707 Pack of 10 sheets £510.3866250706 Single sheet £54.56

4

5

6 7

50/50 Mix™ Elastomer Putty Rolyan2

Use equal proportions of blue putty base to white putty catalystfor consistent work/set times. 50/50 Mix leaves no oily residue onhands while mixing. Each kit comes with convenient measuringscoops. Store at or below 23°C.A9581 Net Weight 240g £31.05A9582 Net Weight 847g £81.76

Ezemix™ Elastomer Putty Rolyan3

Instructions illustrate how to judge exact amount of elastomerneeded prior to adding catalyst and how much catalyst to use.Thick putty is ideal over areas where gravity is a concern. Kit includes gel catalyst.A9591 Net Weight 220g Kit £22.42A9592 Net Weight 858g Kit £82.13Extra CatalystA9593 Net Weight 20g Each £5.01

Fresco DUO 10 System4

DUO 10 is a bi-compound 1+1 mixable soft silicone. Easy touse, simple orthoses can be made by mixing equal amounts ofthe two compounds together. The mixture takes around5 minutes to become solid. After 24 hours, Hardness Shore A 10is achieved. 09 117 1461 £42.13

Silicone Putty Starter Kit5

The starter kit is for professionals who want to learn how to use silicones and to try the most popular of the Fresco siliconerange. The kit contains soft and medium putties, Reaktol catalystand a CD-ROM instructional guide.09 118 8960 £27.52

Reaktol - Catalyst6

A Liquid catalyst used for the mixing of all types of the siliconeputty range. 20ml bottle.09 118 8994 £9.30

Spatula Inox7

Spatula Inox - for liquid silicones' works. Blade length: 100mm. Total length: 198mm09 118 9000 £10.76

93%

12%Cica-care Untreated

Improvement in scarappearance at 2 months

% o

f sca

rs im

prov

ed

CLINICAL RESULTSScar TreatmentA total of 47 hypertrophicscars in 42 patients, most of them due to burns,were divided into treated andcontrol areas. Improvement inscar appearance at 2 months.

3

035_EXPT_0273-0280:035_EXPT_0273-0280 23/11/09 17:52 Page 280

TherapyConsumables

Resistive Exercise bandsTherapeutic PuttyHand ExercisersSkin DisinfectionSurface CleanersProtective ClothingPaper ProductsMassageComplimentary TherapyFootcare

282 - 285286 - 287288 - 293294 - 296297 - 300301 - 303

304305 - 311311 - 312313 - 320

Rolyan BandsFor full range see pages 282 - 283

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:52 Page 281


Resistive Exercise Bands - Cliniband/Dispenser

Rolyan Tubing

1

3

4

Cliniband Pre-cut Packs Not IllustratedSupplied in packs of 20.221894 1m x 20 Yellow Light £16.00221895 1m x 20 Red Medium £18.00221897 1m x 20 Green Strong £20.00221896 1m x 20 Indigo Extra Strong £22.00220644 1m - 8 x red, 6 x green, 3 x yellow, 3 x indigo £23.00221872 2m x 20 - Light - Yellow £32.00221873 2m x 20 - Medium - Red £36.00221874 2m x 20 - Strong - Green £40.00221875 2m x 20 - Extra Strong- Indigo £42.00221876 2m - 8 x red, 6 x green, 3 x yellow, 3 x Indigo £46.00

Cliniband Rolls1

Powder free resistive exercise band for strength training orrehabilitation following injury. Available in different resistives. Comes with free a exercise leaflet. Contains latex.

Yellow = Light003638 5.5m £5.14003644 25m £19.88022129 50m £29.75Red = Medium003640 5.5m £5.68003645 25m £21.29022130 50m £32.45Green = Heavy003641 5.5m £5.95003646 25m £22.14022131 50m £35.69Blue = Extra Heavy003642 5.5m £7.03003647 25m £24.42022132 50m £38.93Black = Special Heavy003643 5.5m £7.57003655 25m £26.69022133 50m £43.26

3

Colour coded tubing for varying degrees of resistance. Available in two lengths.Length 762cm Colour Resistance09 117 0315 Peach Level 1 £7.0309 117 0331 Orange Level 2 £8.1209 117 0356 Lime-Green Level 3 £9.2009 117 0372 Blueberry Level 4 £10.2809 117 0398 Plum Level 5 £11.36Length 30.4m Colour Resistance09 117 0323 Peach Level 1 £23.2609 117 0349 Orange Level 2 £26.5009 117 0364 Lime-Green Level 3 £29.7509 117 0380 Blueberry Level 4 £32.9909 117 0406 Plum Level 5 £36.24

Exercise Band Dispenser MobilisRolyan4

A quality lightweight varnished wooden dispenser for Clinibandand Rolyan Band. It holds 5 large rolls, one of each colour, onfront removing rotating spindles. Wall mountable (fixings included).S9988 £59.99

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

2

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:52 Page 282


Resistive Exercise Bands - Rolyan Bands

Rolyan Energizing Exercise Bands 1 1

1

2

3

1

High quality exercise bands at great low prices. Progressivecolour scheme is easy to remember without charts. Great forhome or clinic use. Progressive resistive bands improve strength,range of motion and co-ordination.

3 Rolyan Bands Individually Packed 3

Individually packed Rolyan resistive exercise bands in 1.2m lengths. Available in singles or cases of 100.

Standard

Latex Free

Resistance Single Case of 100Level 2 09 118 1858 £1.43 09 119 2129 £129.78

Level 3 09 119 1980 £1.69 09 119 2137 £151.41

Level 4 09 119 1998 £1.93 09 119 2145 £173.04

Level 5 09 119 2004 £2.16 09 119 2152 £185.40

Resistance Single Case of 100Level 1 09 119 1949 £0.98 09 119 2160 £87.60

Level 2 09 118 1841 £1.09 09 119 2178 £98.42

Level 3 09 119 1956 £1.24 09 119 2186 £111.39

Level 4 09 119 1964 £1.35 09 119 2202 £121.13

Level 5 09 119 1972 £1.51 09 119 2194 £136.27

Resistance Level

Yellow BlackRed Green Blue

1 52 3 4

Resistance Length 5.5m Length 46m

Level 1 AA9860 £5.14 AA9865 £29.75

Level 2 AA9861 £5.68 AA9866 £32.45

Level 3 AA9862 £5.95 AA9867 £35.69

Level 4 AA9863 £7.03 AA9868 £38.93

Level 5 AA9864 £7.57 AA9869 £43.26

Rolyan Latex Free Energizing Exercise Bands2

Orange Lime Blueberry Plum

2 3 4 5Resistance Level

A Latex free version of the Rolyan Energizing Exercise Bands.

Resistance Length 5.5m Length 46m

Level 2 09 117 0224 £8.65 09 117 0265 £41.10

Level 3 09 117 0232 £9.73 09 117 0273 £48.67

Level 4 09 117 0240 £10.82 09 117 0281 £59.48

Level 5 09 117 0257 £14.06 09 117 0299 £71.38

3

NEW

LATEXFREE

LATEXFREE

Therapy C

onsumab

les

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:52 Page 283


Resistive Exercise Bands - Thera-BandTM

Thera-Band™ Resistive Exercise Band

Thera-Band™ Latex Free Not Illustrated

Thera-Band™ Tubing

1

With the Thera-Band resistive exercise system, treatment andexercise options are unlimited. Design exercise programs toaddress clients’ specific needs whether they are in a children’shospital, nursing home, sports medicine clinic, etc.A full spectrum of colours and resistance levels gives clientspositive reinforcement as they progress from one colour-codedlevel to the next. Thera-Band resistive exercisers are as simple to use at home as in the clinic.

Colour Resistance Length716900 Tan Ultra Thin 5.5m (box) £7.03716800 Tan Ultra Thin 46m (dispenser) £46.50716901 Yellow Thin 5.5m (box) £7.84716801 Yellow Thin 46m (dispenser) £49.75716902 Red Medium 5.5m (box) £8.92716802 Red Medium 46m (dispenser) £54.08716903 Green Heavy 5.5m (box) £10.17716803 Green Heavy 46m (dispenser) £57.32716904 Blue Extra Heavy 5.5m (box) £10.80716804 Blue Extra Heavy 46m (dispenser) £64.89716905 Black Special Heavy 5.5m (box) £12.98716805 Black Special Heavy 46m (dispenser) £71.38716906 Silver Super Heavy 5.5m (box) £15.69716806 Silver Super Heavy 46m (dispenser) £91.93716907 Gold Maximum 5.5m (box) £21.09716807 Gold Maximum 46m (dispenser) £118.97

2

Thera-Band that contains no latex or natural rubber. Perfect forpatient or therapist with latex or other sensitivities.25m roll

Colour Resistance92717900 Yellow Thin £35.6992717901 Red Medium £41.6492717902 Green Heavy £45.4292717903 Blue Extra Heavy £46.5092717904 Black Special Heavy £50.83

Ends tie together easily with square knot to provideactive/resistive exercise. Latex tubing is coded for varyingdegrees of resistance. 30m dispenser box.

OutsideColour Resistance Diameter

716100 Tan Ultra Thin 3mm £28.39716101 Yellow Thin 7.4mm £31.80716102 Red Medium 8.0mm £39.75716103 Green Heavy 8.6mm £45.42716104 Blue Extra Heavy 9.4mm £52.24716105 Black Special Heavy 10.1mm £58.40716106 Silver Super Heavy 11.4mm £70.30

1

1

3

3

INFORMATIONFor Thera-Band PhysioTools®, please see page 632.

LATEX FREEThese products are latex free.

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:53 Page 284


Resistive Exercise Bands - REP Band/CandoTherap

y Consum

ables

REP Bands®

REP Bands® Exercise Bands

REP Bands® Exercise 3-Pack

REP Bands® Tubing

1

2

Each pack contains three pre-cut 1.2m lengths of band indifferent resistances.552104 Light resistance Levels 1, 2, 3 £9.73552105 Medium resistance Levels 2, 3, 4 £9.73552106 Heavy resistance Levels 3, 4, 5 £9.73

5.5m roll 46m rollLevel 1 508801 £7.30 A518011 £43.26

Level 2 508802 £9.08 A518012 £57.32

Level 3 508803 £10.65 A518013 £69.22

Level 4 508804 £12.44 A518014 £82.19

Level 5 508805 £14.06 A518015 £95.17

3

7.6m roll 30m rollLevel 1 506301 £6.49 514801 £18.12

Level 2 506302 £10.28 514802 £36.24

Level 3 506303 £13.79 514803 £48.67

Level 4 506304 £17.04 514804 £62.19

Level 5 506305 £18.65 514805 £71.38

1LATEXFREE

2

3

44

44

DB

CA

44

FE

5 5

Colour Resistance 25.4cm (Leg) 38.1cm (Arm) 76.2cm (Body)

Yellow XX-Light AA98231 £2.04 AA98238 £2.50 AA98245 £3.18Red X-Light AA98232 AA98239 AA98246Green Light AA98233 £2.84 AA98240 £3.18 AA98247 £3.86Blue Medium AA98234 AA98241 AA98248Black Heavy AA98235 £3.52 AA98242 £3.86 AA98249 £4.54Silver X-Heavy AA98236 AA98243 AA98250Gold XX-Heavy AA98237 £5.35 AA98244 £5.68 AA98251 £6.36

Cando® Low Powder Exercise Loops5

High quality 8cm wide latex loops are preformed for immediate use. The loops areavailable in three lengths (leg, arm and full body) to accommodate all exercises.Length represents length of loop when flat.

Cando® Exercise Band and Tubing Accessories4

Webbing handle has firm, padded feel. HoldRite™ hand has firm, hard feel. Door Discs andanchor stirrups fit into door to offer height adjustable anchor. Loop stirrup has a loop on bothends: one for band; the other can be placed around any stationary object (your foot, a chairleg, etc...). Klips™ are used to fasten the two ends of band or tubing.

AA98252 Webbing Handle - 1 Pair £3.05AA98253 Webbing Handle - 10 Pairs £26.00

AA98260 Holdrite™ Handle - 1 Pair £3.52AA98261 Holdrite™ Handle - 10 Pairs £32.15

AA98258 Anchor Stirrup - 1 Each £4.20AA98259 Anchor Stirrup - 10 Each £38.61

C

B

AAA98256 Door Disk - 1 Each £2.28AA98257 Door Disk - 10 Each £20.90

AA98254 Loop Stirrup - 1 Each £0.91AA98255 Loop Stirrup - 10 Each £7.95

AA98262 Band Klip™ - 1 Each £2.84AA98263 Tubing klip™ - Pair £2.04

F

E

D

Peach Orange Lime Blueberry Plum

REP Band Products now offer greater elastic response,higher resilience and faster recovery than the previousformulation. REP Bands are made from a syntheticpolymer and have been skin-tested and proven non-allergenic. They are great for all needs of resistiveexercise, including aquatic. They contain no latex ordry natural rubber.• No Latex - Avoiding allergic reactions

• No Powder - Clean to use

• No Odour - Free of unpleasant rubber smell

Resistance LevelLight Heavy

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:53 Page 285


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sTherapeutic Putty

Rolyan Progressive™ Putty1

One putty for a whole range of treatment needs. Begin withsoft resistance, adding progress chips to gradually increaseresistance. Putty resistance can be customised to fit individualneeds. Ideal for home use - patients can progress independently.Eliminates the need to purchase putty in a variety of resistances.Non-oily putty. Base by itself is ideal for low resistance exercises.Non-toxic and latex free.A478201 2.3kg (5lb) Putty Base with 32 Progress Chips £162.23A478203 2.3kg (5lb) Putty Base without Chips £79.50A478202 Pack of 4 additional Progress Chips £4.33

SOFT ADDING PROGRESS CHIPS GRADUALLY INCREASES RESISTANCE HARD

1

2

3

4 5

3

Sammons Preston Colour Change Putty2

This non-oily, bleedproof speciality putty provides patients withvisual feedback as exercises are performed. Squeezing,stretching or pinching the putty results in a gradual change in putty colour as its temperature increases. Putty will slowlyrevert back to original colour when not in use. Sold in multipleresistance packages of three 113g containers. Colours (resistances) include: Orange/Yellow (Soft), Purple/Red(Medium-Soft), and Royal Blue/Light Blue (Medium). Latex free.09 117 0414 Orange - Yellow Soft 4oz £3.4609 117 0422 Purple - Red Medium-Soft 4oz £3.4609 117 0430 Royal Blue - Light Blue Medium 4oz £3.4609 103 6755 Set of 3 £9.35

Rolyan Microwave Putty3

Simply microwave, and putty will retain heat for 5 to 6 minutes.Resistance increases as it cools

Colour Resistance Weight09 105 0756 Orange Soft 85g £4.5409 105 0764 Teal Firm 85g £4.54

Glitter Putty4

This non-toxic putty contains bits of sparkling glitter to stimulatethe senses while a child or adult manipulates it to improve handfunction. Includes two containers of medium-grade resistanceputty in pink and blue. Each contains 113g. Latex free.920635 £10.82

Therapy Putty Hand Exercise Book6

A 12 page booklet of hand exercises that can be performedwith therapy putty. Written in layman’s terms for client use.Ample room to add or change exercises to fit the client’s needs.Pack of 20 booklets.AA9043E English £13.52AA9043F French £13.52AA9043G German £13.52

Rolyan Putty Containers5

These soft, plastic containers will not dent or break. Largequantities of putty can be bought and distributed to individualsthis way, saving money. They are easy-to-open and flat enoughto fit in a pocket. The lid features a label where client andtherapist details can be recorded. Packs of 10.AA9812 £5.68

6

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:53 Page 286


Therapeutic Putty

Sammons Preston Micro-Fresh™ Putty2

With the addition of an anti-microbial agent called Ultra-Fresh,Micro-Fresh Putty will last longer than standard putty and provideodour protection. The incorporation of this anti-microbial agent enables the putty toresist the growth of destructive and odour-causing microbes.Ultra-Fresh is an EPA-registered anti-bacterial and anti-fungalagent. Micro-Fresh Putty is non-toxic, clean and non-oily.Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs for handsand feet: the putty can be squeezed, stretched, twisted or pinched.Five distinct colours reflect established standards in resistiveexercise, but patients can also combine colours to create customresistance levels. Latex free.

Sammons Preston Therapeutic Putty1

Clean, non-toxic, non-oily and bleedproof therapy putty leavesno colour or residue on the client’s hands. It will not fragment,separate or stick to the skin. With six distinct colours to reflectestablished standards in resistive exercise, and progress inresistance from super soft tan to extra firm grey. Designed to meet a wide range of strengthening needs, putty can besqueezed, stretched, twisted or pinched. Combine any of thecolours to create custom resistance to meet individual needs.Warning: avoid contact with materials eg. fabric, paper. Latex free.

Super Soft Soft Medium Soft Medium Firm WeightTan Yellow Red Green Blue

5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 57g £4.01518104 518204 518304 518404 518504 113g

518101 518201 518301 518401 518501 454g £18.93518105 518205 518305 518405 518505 2.3kg

Micro-Fresh™ Putty

Super Soft Soft Medium Soft Medium Firm Extra Firm WeightTan Yellow Red Green Blue Grey

5065 5071 507199 5072 5073 929460 57g £3.41929910 929911 929912 929913 929914 929915 85g

506501 5074 5075 5076 5077 929461 113g £6.22506502 507101 50719901 507201 507301 929462 454g

506503 507105 50719905 507205 507305 929463 2.3kg £64.89Master Pack Sets (Set of 10, available in Yellow, Red, Green and Blue)

- 507110 50719910 507210 507310 - 57g £29.75- 507412 507512 507612 507712 - 113g

Therapeutic Putty

1 1 1

1 1 1

22

Therapy C

onsumab

les

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:53 Page 287


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sHand Exercisers

1 Digi-Block® Hand Exerciser Rolyan1

Provides comfort and support as CMC, MCP, PIP or DIP jointmotions are isolated and blocks undesired motion of the joints.Anatomically designed from firm foam, it is bene ficial forincreasing joint range of motion or strengthening specific muscles.Suitable for a wide range of hand sizes. Measures approxi mately0.6 x 6 x 13cm.A7147 £7.30550963 12 Pack £52.73

Contour Hand Exerciser2

Washable, vinyl-coated foam with finger placement indentations.Latex free. Small: 6.4 x 8.9 x 1.9cm. Medium: 7.0 x 10.2 x 2.5cm.Large: 7.6 x 12.1 x 2.5cm.5316 4 of Each Size £37.85

Hand Rehabilitation Exerciser3

Contoured hand exerciser with finger placement indentations.Used to strengthen the hand and finger. One size and resistance.09 117 0307 £6.22

2

3

4

Animal Squeezers4

These fun-to-squeeze animals can be used for hand exerciseand playing. The soft Animal Squeezers are made from highquality, slow-recovery polyurethane, which is both non-toxic andbiodegradable. Latex free.550824 Dolphin £4.33550825 Alligator £4.33550826 Cow £4.33550827 Pig £4.33550828 Horse £4.33550829 Elephant £4.33550830 Panda £4.33

5

Finger Platter5

A multipurpose therapeutic exercise tool of durable, hard, rubber-like material. Use to treat adhesions, contractures, stiff fingers,arthritis, tendon injuries and repairs. Ideal for blocking exercises.Includes instruction manual. 12.5cm diameter. Latex free.5264 £10.22

036_EXPT_0281-0288:036_EXPT_0281-0288 23/11/09 17:53 Page 288


Hand Exercisers

1R-Lite Resistive Foam Blocks Rolyan1

Exercise blocks to help strengthen fingers and hands followinginjury or surgery. Ideal for use by people who have arthritis. Madeof slow-recovery foam - the rate of exercise is determined by thefoam’s recovery time to help keep the overly enthusiastic patientfrom over using muscles. In three resistances for different strengthlevels and to allow progression. Blocks are 4.4 x 4.4 x 7.6cm.Wash in warm water with mild soap and air dry. Box of 32.A9085 Yellow (Super-Soft) £36.77A9086 Pink (Soft) £36.77A9087 Blue (Medium) £36.7709 116 0480 Green (Firm) £36.77A9088 Set of 12 (3 blocks of each colour) £19.47

Gel Ball Hand Exerciser2

Gel balls colour coded to provide variable resistance training forhands, fingers and forearms. The balls are pleasant to touch andreturn back to their original shape after each squeeze. Perfect foruse in the clinic or at home.

Colour ResistanceAA9800 Pink X-Soft £2.49AA9801 Blue Soft £2.49AA9802 Green Medium £2.49AA9803 Orange Firm £2.49AA9804 Black X-Firm £2.49AA9805 Set of 5 - one of each colour £11.90

Eggsercizer™3

For strengthening weakened or injured hand, finger, wrist, andarm muscles. Completely washable in warm water. Contoured tofit comfortably into hand. Can be used to help reduce stress aswell as increase strength and flexibility. Compressible syntheticrubber material leaves no messy residue. Returns to its originalshape when released. X-Soft has slow recovery, great forindividual finger and thumb strengthening. Colour codingsimplifies progressive rehabilitation.

Colour ResistanceA90830 Orange X-Soft £5.95A90831 Green Soft £5.95A90832 Blue Medium £5.95A90833 Purple Firm £5.95

Tactile Foam Balls Set Rolyan5

For hand range of motion, strength ening and desensitisation.Smooth surface. Includes three diameters: 7cm, 9cm and 14.5cm.A4121 £9.73

Squeeze Ball Hand Exerciser4

Palm-size ball returns to its original 6cm diameter within 2 to3 seconds after squeezing. A great tool for working off everydaystress, too.5302 Single £2.71530212 Pack of 12 £29.20

2

3

54

Therapy C

onsumab

les

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:53 Page 289


Hand Exercisers

1

2

3

4 4

Basic Ergonomic Hand Exerciser Rolyan1

Provides progressive resistive hand strengthening. Conforms tothe hand for comfort and even dispersion of resistance acrossthe palm. Lightweight frame uses clips to block flexion andextension and permits a custom fit for different hand sizes.Includes three pairs of graded, colour-coded rubber bands,which can be changed to adjust resistance, and two clips.Replacement rubber bands below.A3488 Each £6.22Replacement ClipsA3486 Pack of 4 £3.79

Ergonomic Hand Exerciser Rolyan2

Conforms to the architecture of the hand for comfort and evendispersion of resistance across the palm. Anatomically designedhandle is padded and contoured for a comfortable fit in thepalm. The lightweight frame adjusts easily for blocking flexionand extension and permits a custom fit for different hand sizes.The unit includes four pairs of graded, colour-coded rubberbands. Replacement rubber bands below.A3481 Each £9.47Replacement ClipsA3486 Pack of 4 £3.79

ISO Dual Hand Helper®3

For bilateral isometric strengthening, it isolates the muscletendon units of the hand and forearm without involving upperbody and chest muscles. Slanted, padded handles ensureproper wrist positioning.5248 £12.98

Thumb and Finger Exercisers4

The Thumb Helper™ isolates IP joint movements of the thumb orsingle digits. Excellent for pinch and opposition exercises, theFinger Helper™ features a wider, two-and three-finger design toisolate IP and MP joint movements. Also ideal for children’s andsmaller hands. Stacking pegs allow ROM adjustment.5246 Thumb Helper £12.985247 Finger Helper £12.98

Colour-Coded Latex Free RolyanRubber Bands

5

5

85g packs of the graded colour-coded rubber bands used on the Rolyan Ergonomic Hand Exercisers. Each bag contains onecolour. All rubber bands are 8.9cm long. 85g bag. Latex free.Approx 134 in a bag.

Colour WidthA3482 Yellow 3.2mm £5.41A3483 Red 6.4mm £5.41A3484 Green 9.5mm £5.41A3485 Blue 1.3cm £5.41

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:53 Page 290


Hand Exercisers

1

2

3

Graded Pinch Exerciser Rolyan2

Designed for graded resistive exercise for increasing pinchstrength and co-ordination. Features five different gradedstainless steel springs in colour-coded pinchpins. The range ofresistance is approximately 0.45kg, 0.9kg, 1.8kg, 2.7kg and3.6kg. Three metal rods of different diameters accommodate thevarious openings of each pinchpin. Kit includes a vertical metalrod 95cm high for combining upper extremity shoulder range ofmotion exercises with resistive pinch exercises. Also includes atotal of 35 graded spring pinchpins, 7 of each resistance.Height 22cm. Length 33cm. Width 32cm.A1966 £158.98Replacement Graded Pinchpins - Set of 7

Colour ResistanceA196100 Yellow 0.45kg £18.12A196200 Red 0.9kg £18.12A196300 Green 1.8kg £18.12A196400 Blue 2.7kg £18.12A196500 Black 3.6kg £18.12

Hand Grips3

Resistive exerciser for advanced hand muscle strengthen ing.In pairs to exercise both hands simultaneously. 11cm distancebetween out side handle ends.A8481 Medium Tension £6.76A8482 Heavy Tension £6.76A848003 Extra-Heavy Tension £6.76

1

Digi-Flex™ Exerciser System1

Develops isolated finger strength, flexibility and co-ordination as it builds hand and forearm strength. With this system, the stronger digits can no longer compensate for the weakerones and each finger is appropriately challenged on its own spring-loaded button. Calibrated springs provide a quantitativetool for evaluating progress. White plastic rack display setconsists of five pocket-sized, colour coded units with graduatedresistances. Colour coding helps with quick identification andprovides positive reinforcement with advancement from colour to colour. Includes pamphlet illustrating different methods of use.

Colour ResistanceA39715 Yellow 0.68kg £18.39A3973 Red 1.4kg £18.39A3975 Green 2.3kg £18.39A3977 Blue 3.2kg £18.39A3979 Black 4.1kg £18.39A39710 Set of 5 with Display Rack £96.25

Therapy C

onsumab

les

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:54 Page 291


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sHand Exercisers

Introducing the unique new NSD Power®BallRecommended by Chiropractors and Physiotherapists, the NSDPower®Ball is a fully dynamic training - rehabilitation product thattakes your wrist through the actual ranges of its motion whilesimultaneously adding resistance. Its unique 'non impact'properties gently stress damaged areas in a perfectly smoothand balanced manner which cannot be replicated by traditionalexercise routines or therapy. It works every muscle in the forearmin every direction, including eccentric - its smooth rolling motionalso improves flexibility and blood flow in the wrist but with zeroimpact on the joints and will help in the prevention andrehabilitation of RSI, Carpal tunnel and Tendonitis.The resistance level generated by the ball is directly related tothe speed at which you spin the internal rotor, so you can useyour NSD Power® Ball at your own pace and without further riskof damage to existing inflamed areas. NSD Power®Ball is available in a variety of models and features:Classic: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor.Neon: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor, Neonmodels have an added feature of 6 inbuilt ultrabrite LEDs whichglow brightly once the NSD Power®Ball is spinning.Pro: Loaded with a high performance 250Hz rotor, Pro modelscome complete with an inbuilt digital speed meter.09 118 9406 250Hz Blue Classic £15.1309 118 9414 250Hz Amber Classic £15.1309 118 9422 250Hz Blue Pro £21.6209 118 9430 250Hz Amber Pro £21.6209 119 1360 Neon Blue Classic £17.2909 119 1386 Neon Red Classic £17.2909 119 1378 Neon Green Classic £17.2909 118 9448 Neon Blue Pro £27.0309 118 9455 Neon Red Pro £25.9509 118 9463 Neon Green Pro £27.03

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

A B

C D

E F

G H

I J

2

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

Carpal Tunnel Stretch™2

Thumb Oppociser Exerciser3

Specially designed to assist in strengthening the opponens.Features adjustable tension provided by rubber bands in two sizes.Suede thumb pad.925326 £8.38

Innovative lightweight device for treating carpal tunnel syndrome.Stretches tight soft tissue structures and relieves pressure on thecarpal tunnel. For clinic or home use. Left and right sold separately.Latex free.529001 Right £42.18529002 Left £42.18

NSD Power® Ball

3

1

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:54 Page 292


Therapy C

onsumab

lesHand Exercisers

Cando® Hand Exercise Web1

Flexion, extension, opposition and supination exercises can beperformed using the Cando Hand Exercise Web. Excellent forimproving strength and ROM. Resistance can be modified byadjusting the hand position, depth of finger insertion, or bymoving to a different resistance web. Four versions are available:low-powder 35.5cm diameter; low-powder 17.75cm diameter;latex-free 35.5cm diameter; multi-resistance 35.5cm diameter.

Type Diameter Colour ResistanceAA9890A Low-powder 35.5cm Tan XX-Light £17.85AA9890B Low-powder 35.5cm Yellow X-Light £17.85AA9890C Low-powder 35.5cm Red Light £17.85AA9890D Low-powder 35.5cm Green Medium £17.85AA9890E Low-powder 35.5cm Blue Heavy £17.85AA9890F Low-powder 35.5cm Black X-Heavy £17.85AA9891A Low-powder 17.75cm Tan XX-Light £12.44AA9891B Low-powder 17.75cm Yellow X-Light £12.44AA9891C Low-powder 17.75cm Red Light £12.44AA9891D Low-powder 17.75cm Green Medium £12.44AA9891E Low-powder 17.75cm Blue Heavy £12.44AA9891F Low-powder 17.75cm Black X-Heavy £12.44AA9892A Latex Free 35.5cm Tan XX-Light £21.09AA9892B Latex Free 35.5cm Yellow X-Light £21.09AA9892C Latex Free 35.5cm Red Light £21.09AA9892D Latex Free 35.5cm Green Medium £21.09AA9892E Latex Free 35.5cm Blue Heavy £21.09AA9892F Latex Free 35.5cm Black X-Heavy £21.09AA9893A Multi-Resistance 35.5cm X-Light/Medium £22.71AA9893B Multi-Resistance 35.5cm Light/Heavy £22.71

Handmaster™ Plus2

Provides complete reciprocal muscle group exercise for the handthrough full, natural planes of motion. It is recommended forimproving strength, balance, coordination, speed, and generalblood flow, stimulates all peripheral nerves to the hand and allowsfor unattended therapy. Designed for daily outpatient use tocomplement the treatment of hand, wrist, and forearm conditions.The Handmaster Plus is great for stroke rehabilitation, as well asthe treatment and prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome, tenniselbow and RSI. Each package contains one resistant ball, twoflexible cords (for varying hand sizes) and complete instructions.

Colour Resistance929600 Purple Soft £16.22

for Early Rehabilitation929601 Red Medium £16.22

for Late Rehabilitation929602 Orange Firm £16.22

for Strength Training

Handisizer™3

Therapeutic exercise device designed for use by consumersand healthcare professionals alike. Perfect for increasing grip,developing hand/eye coordination in children, or handrehabilitation. Includes a variety of latex-free bands.925327 Handisizer £31.36925328 Latex Free Replacement Bands £8.65

Cando® Flexible Hand Bar4

A lightweight, portable exerciser to strengthen muscles in thehand, wrist and shoulder. Promotes co-ordination and increasesROM. The removable flexion band adds the ability to performfinger extensions. Can be used to perform oscillation movementsfor neuromuscular and balance training, and for soft tissue andjoint mobilisation. Available in five resistances in five differentcolours. Length 30cm. Diameter 5cm.

Colour ResistanceAA9825T Tan XX-Light £8.98AA9825Y Yellow X-Light £8.98AA9825R Red Light £8.98AA9825G Green Medium £8.98AA9825B Blue Heavy £8.98AA9825K Black X-Heavy £8.98

1

21

1

3

44

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:54 Page 293


Skin Disinfection

SAVON PEARLE Luxury Pearlised Hand Soap

BIO-DOX Bactericidal Hand Soap

AHS Alcohol Hand Sanitiser

BARRIER CREAM Medicated Wet & Dry Barrier Cream

CARE 4 Replenishing Cream

Pumps and Dispensers

1 2

3 4

5 6

1

A luxury, pearlised, pink liquid hand soap, designed to cleanseand condition the skin. Made from superior quality ingredients toproduce a rich, mild foam, with a subtle rose fragrance. Suitablefor use on all skin types. Ideal for use in washrooms, bathroomsand shower areas. Recommended for use in offices, healthclubs, hotels, nursing and residential homes. 09 117 3624 6 x 300ml £10.2809 117 3632 6 x 1ltr £17.0409 117 3640 2 x 5ltr £20.45

2

A bactericidal hand soap and skin cleanser with a controlledfoam level. A thick, clear, yellow liquid made from high qualitysurfactants and biocides, which is odourless and taint-free. Ideal for hospitals, nursing and residential homes. 09 117 3681 6 x 300ml £13.5209 117 3699 6 x 1ltr £20.5509 117 3707 2 x 5ltr £23.79

3

A rapid drying, non-rinse hand sanitiser designed to prevent thespread of contaminating organisms. Proven to kill both gramnegative and gram positive bacteria, AHS contains trichlosan,which is an effective, skin-friendly bactericide. Suitable for all skin types. Ideal as a regular-use hand sanitiser in the healthcare industries.09 117 3715 6 x 300ml £16.7709 117 3723 6 x 1ltr £28.6609 117 3731 2 x 5ltr £41.64

4

An advanced formulation Barrier Cream, which gives protectionwhilst replenishing the skin. A thick, pink cream made from ablend of skin emollients and conditioners, Barrier Cream ismedicated to help prevent dermatitis. Effectively protects skinfrom cutting, fluids, oils, greases, aqueous detergents andcleaning fluids. 09 117 3749 6 x 300ml £15.9509 117 3756 6 x 1ltr £36.2409 117 3764 2 x 5ltr £47.59

5

A high quality replenishing cream, which contains lipids torecondition the skin. A viscous, pink lotion. A universal skinreconditioner, which boasts a subtle rose fragrance. Suitable foruse on all skin types, rebalances the natural oils within the skinthat are depleted during working activities. Ideal for peopleworking in healthcare or office environments.09 117 3772 6 x 300ml £13.5209 117 3780 6 x 1ltr £34.0709 117 3798 2 x 5ltr £45.42

6

09 117 4366 Pump for 1ltr bottle £2.2109 117 4358 Pump for 5ltr Bottle £2.8609 117 4341 1 Litre Wall Mounted Soap Dispenser £20.55

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:54 Page 294


Therapy C

onsumab

lesSkin Disinfection

Cutan® Gentle Wash

Cutan® Foam Hand Sanitiser

Cutan® Moisturising Cream Not Illustrated

Dispensers

Cutan® Gel Hand Sanitiser

1 1

2 2 2

3 3 3

5

The Cutan hand hygiene product range encouragesbest practice to achieve safe and acceptable levels of patient care, through the use of a 3-Step HandHygiene Procedure.

STEP 1: Hand Washing1

This high emollient content soap is ideal for frequent use. Its creamy formula spreads easily and lathers rapidly for highuser acceptance to encourage frequent hand washing. Transient micro-organisms are gently removed with the mildsurfactant base that is designed to minimise skin drying withoutcompromising cleaning ability. Non-toxic with pH neutral tolessen impact on skin, even with frequent use. Supplied in ahygienic ultra-sonically sealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 Gentle Wash Dispenser.AA98129 Case of 6 £29.20

STEP 2: Hand Sanitising

2

A unique, high efficacy foaming alcohol skin sanitiser that worksinstantly to kill micro-organisms present on the skin. Foam spreadseasily across the hands for maximum efficiency and will not runthrough fingers like traditional alcohol rubs. Quick and easy touse with no need to rinse with water or dry with towels. Available in a range of pack sizes: a hygienic ultra-sonicallysealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 HandSanitiser Dispenser; plus portable pump packs for bed-endsystems and personal issue pumps.AA98130 1 Litre Cartridge Case of 6 £39.48AA98131 400ml Portable Pump Case of 12 £52.46AA98132 50ml Personal Issue Pump Case of 25 £35.15

STEP 3: Skin Conditioning

4

Specifically developed for use in healthcare environments, thenon-ionic cosmetic formula is ideal for areas where chlorhexidinebased skin sanitisers are in use. The mild, neutral pH formula isgentle on the skin leading to high levels of acceptance. It rubs inquickly and easily, leaving no greasy after-feel, and regular usehelps maintain skin condition. Supplied in a hygienic ultra-sonicallysealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 GentleWash Dispenser.AA98136 Case of 6 £51.91

5

Dispensers are only compatible with the Cutan range above andare available free of charge with purchases from the range.AA98137 Cutan Gentle Wash DispenserAA98138 Cutan Hand Sanitiser DispenserAA98139 Cutan Moisturising Cream DispenserAA98140 Cutan 400ml Hand Sanitiser Bracket

3

A quick, easy and convenient method to rapidly disinfect physicallyclean skin. Formulated with ethyl and propyl alcohols for mildness,efficacy and relatively low odour and contains conditioningagents to help maintain good skin condition. Quick and easy to use with no need to rinse with water or dry with towels. Available in a range of pack sizes: a hygienic ultra-sonicallysealed 1 litre cartridge for exclusive use in Cutan 1000 HandSanitiser Dispenser; plus portable pump packs for bed-endsystems and personal issue pumps.AA98133 1 Litre Cartridge Case of 6 £34.61AA98134 400ml Portable Pump Case of 12 £40.56AA98135 50ml Personal Issue Pump Case of 48 £42.72

CUTAN GENTLE WASH DISPENSERNOT INCLUDED (SEE ITEM 5 BELOW)

037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:54 Page 295

296

Skin Disinfection

Hydrex Derma Spray1

Hydrex Derma Spray is a skin disinfectant spray for killingpotentially dangerous bacteria and reducing the risk of spreading germs. 500ml.009205 £5.00

Purell Hand Rub Dispenser2

Kills 99.99% of most common germs that may cause illness in aslittle as 15 seconds. Use anytime, anyplace, without water ortowels. Contains moisturisers and vitamin E Leaves handsfeeling refreshed without stickiness or residue.018279 Dispenser £14.33018278 1 Litre Refills x 8 £110.00

Guest Alcohol Hand Rub3

This alcohol hand rub contains five hand-care ingredients todisinfect and moisturise the skin. Needs no water.010368 50ml - Toggle £1.71010367 500ml £3.98

Healthy Hands4

A refreshing hand cleaner which requires no water, it evaporatesthrough gently rubbing, leaving the hands clean.004269 250ml £13.00

Hand Rub Hibisol Not Illustrated5

Hibisol is a pre-operative surgical hand disinfection and can beused as a hand disinfection prior to aseptic procedures or afterhandling contaminated materials. 007753 500ml £4.50

Wipeaway Skin Wipes6

Wipeaway Skin Wipes are mildly bacterial skin cleansing wipesthat can be used to remove make-up, perfume, after shave,deodorant or anything else on the skin. Pack of 200.000037 £8.30

43

21

7 76

98

Ebiox Esense™ Hand Rub7

Esense™ Hand Rub is a technologically advanced, alcohol freehand rub which is proven effective against MRSA. Esense™Hand Rub is fast acting and as effective as alcohol basedproducts in reducing micro-organisms yet is free from the skindamaging side effects of alcohol based products thereby,increasing the likelihood of hand hygiene protocol compliance.• Mild, non-alcohol based lotion with low skin irritancy properties

• Complies with EN1500

• Complies with PREN12054 achieving greater than 5 logreduction in micro-organisms

• High effective anti-microbial protection

• Contains moisturisers leaving hands feeling soft andconditioned

014784 500ml £6.07017951 50ml Toggle £1.98

Ebiox Esense™ Hand Wash8

Esense™ Hand Wash is a highly effective anti-bacterial cleansercontaining moisturisers and conditioners to protect the hands.Esense™ Hand Wash is highly efficient in removing transientorganisms as well as reducing resident organisms to a ‘safe’level.014783 500ml £6.07

Hibiscrub™9

Hibiscrub™ is a pre-operative surgical hand disinfection that can be used as an antiseptic handwash on the ward. Hibiscrub™is effective against a wide range of Gram-positive and Gram-negative vegetative bacteria, yeasts, dermatophyte fungiand lipophilic viruses. 007755 500ml £4.40008105 5 Litre £30.00001901 Pump for 5 Litre £6.02

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s


037_EXPT_0289-0296:037_EXPT_0289-0296 23/11/09 17:55 Page 296


Surface Cleaners

Spray and Wipe

UBIK 2000 Universal Cleaner

VIRO-SOL Citrus Based Cleaner/Degreaser

AX Bactericidal Cleaner

Selsan

Allfresh Odour Neutraliser

Arosa Air Freshener

Fresh Wild Lemon Disinfectant/Deodoriser

4

This hard surface cleaner is bactericidal, leaves no residue andclings to vertical surfaces for increased contact time.AA98276 £3.57

1

Universal cleaner and degreaser concentrate designed to dissolveand float away the toughest grime and leave a spotless finish.Ideal for removing fats, blood, dirt, industrial oils and grease froma multitude of surfaces including; concrete floors, industrialpaintwork and painted floors, plastic walls and ceilings, ceramictiles, plastic coatings, machinery and equipment, stainless steeland anti-slip floors.09 117 3806 2 x 5ltr £18.39

2

A citrus-based cleaner and degreaser, formulated for maximumcleaning power. Fast-acting to remove even the most stubbornsoiling with ease. Ideal to remove dirt, grime, oil, fats, grease,body fat, rubber, from a multitude of surfaces including; stainlesssteel, machinery, equipment, work surfaces, vinyl, painted floors,ceramic tiles, plastic surfaces and concrete.09 117 3814 2 x 5ltr £16.22

3

A fast-drying, spray on and wipe off bactericidal cleaner for thefood industry. AX has been proven to kill salmonella, listeria andother bacteria at a contact time of 60 seconds. It can be used toremove the daily soiling of grease and dirt. Suitable for generalsurface disinfection.09 117 3822 6 x 750ml £15.9509 117 3830 2 x 5ltr £16.77

5

Selsan is a disinfectant, deodoriser and cleaner all in one. Effectiveagainst MRSA, it can be used on floors, walls drains and toilets.AA98275 £8.12

7

Neutralises unpleasant smells and with prolonged use, canremove them completely.AA98277 £8.38

8

A ready-to-use liquid air freshener incorporating a long lastingand distinctive floral fragrance.09 117 3855 6 x 750ml £16.7709 117 3863 2 x 5ltr £16.77

6

A powerful disinfectant and deodoriser concentrate that kills odour producing bacteria and fungi and neutralisesunpleasant odours.09 117 3848 2 x 5ltr £16.77

1 2

3 3 4

5 6

7 8 8

Therapy C

onsumab

les

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 297


Surface Cleaners

Vernagel

Tuffie Disinfectant Wipes

Tuffie Detergent Wipes

1

This super absorbent powder prevents spillages, minimisesresidual odours and reduces the risk of cross-infection. It isdesigned to soak up bodily fluids, such as blood, vomit or urine,and can be used in a urine bottle before use or straight onto afloor spillage. Available as loose powder or in convenient sachets.AA98270 4kg Loose Powder £49.75AA98271 475g Loose Powder £11.3609 116 5513 100 x 6g Sachets £35.69

2

Ideal for non porous surfaces where clinical cleanliness isrequired quickly and effectively. Proven effective against E.coli,MRSA and a range of other micro-organisms. Packaged in acontainer with foil seal. 200 per pack.AA98273 £7.57

3

Perfect for use anywhere where general cleanliness is requiredquickly and conveniently. They will remove dirt, grease andorganic matter from lockers, mattresses, bed tables, beds andcommodes without leaving residue. Packaged in handy sizeresealable 100 pack. Alcohol free.AA98274 £5.14

3

1

2

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 298


Surface Cleaners

1

2 3

4 5

6

Therapy C

onsumab

les

7

Ebiox Ultra SSC1

Stainless steel reconditioning powder to remove stains, rustmarks and dull shadow from the surface of stainless steel.Ideal for reconditioning the damaged surface of stainless steeland reforms the bright protective metal film.• Prolongs the investment in expensive equipment

• Removes stains and ‘rust’ marks.

• Removes other oxide films that cause dulling

• Turns stainless steel into ‘as new’

014781 100g £12.30

Ebiox Ultra P2

Ebiox is a powerful, safe, polymer-base solution to cleanse tomolecular level, surgical instruments and high stick surfaces thatneed to be surgically clean. Used as a soak and rinse, inultrasonic baths or spray and wipe. Last up to 16 hours whenmixed. It is aldahyde, chlorine, enzyme and phenol free reducingthe risk of skin infections.004243 600g £29.72

Gigasept FF7

A concentrate, which when diluted according to instruction is effective against all high risk micro-organisms. A solution remains potent for 28 days.006734 2 Litre £75.90

Presept Tablets6

A handy powder-packed tablet, which when dissolved in waterproduces a solution ideal for instrument sterilisation and hardsurface disinfecting.006938 Pack of 72 £3.29

Cidex OPA5

Cidex OPA is designed for high level disinfection of heat-sensitivemedical devices. It has a shelf life of 75 days from opening if leftin the container.009758 3.78 Litre £32.00

Hibitane Concentrate4

For sterilisation of instruments. It can also be used as a generaldisinfectant of wounds or burns. Prolonged immersion ofinstruments will cause corrosion.007754 5 Litre £26.45

Phoraid Trigger Spray3

Phoraid is a general purpose disinfectant and antiseptic that hasbeen developed to destroy dangerous viruses and fungi on hardsurfaces and skin. A highly effective, biodegradable, iodine-based product, it hasbeen analysed by eminent test houses and has proven effectiveagainst HIV, Hepatitis B, Salmonella, Anthrax, Foot & Mouth andParvo Virus, amongst many others.005625 500ml £4.54

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 299

Surface Cleaners

Ebiox Trionic Concentrate1

014782 5 litre £29.24

Ebiox Trionic Spray2

014779 500ml £4.46

Ebiox Trionic Wipes3

014780 Pack of 200 £4.36

Ozium Air Sanitizer4

This spray projects hygroscopic molecules of glycol into the airto keep your surgery smelling fresh.005401 50ml £5.67005402 250ml £10.87

Chlor-O-Hex Spray5

Chlor-O-Hex Spray offers fast disinfection of all hard surfacesincluding spitton bowls, surgery furniture and work tops. It can beused immediately for simultaneous disinfection and cleaning ofhard surfaces and does not require wiping as it has rapid residueand free drying properties.005942 450ml £3.35

Mediwipe Drum6

Wipes for hard surface disinfection containing Chlorhexidine.000814 Pack of 100 £5.39

Ebiox TrionicTrionic multi-surface decontamination wipes and ready to usespray provide an alcohol free solution to clean, deodorise anddisinfect any washable surface and are proven effective againsta wide range of micro-organisms including MRSA and E. coli*. • Alcohol free - can be used on any washable surface

• Total cell removal - no residual organisms left to develop intoresistant strains

• Proven against a wide range of micro-organisms*

• Provides broad spectrum, anti- microbial activity

• Bactericidal, fungicidal and virucidal.

• Safe, convenient and pleasant to use

* Independent Test Hospital Infection Research Laboratory. Further information is available on request.Th

erap

y C

onsu

mab

les

21

43

65


038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 300

Protective Clothing


2

4

6

8

1

3

5

7

Sterile Gown1

Sterile gowns are available for all procedures and appoinments.005818 Medium £8.39005817 Large £8.81

Disposable Aprons2

Disposable plastic apron protects clothing in any environment.006924 Pack of 100 - White £4.18006925 Pack of 100 - Blue £4.18

Mop Caps Non-Sterile3

Available in blue.018652 Pack of 100 £3.64

Overshoe PVC Non-Sterile4

Protects your shoes from spills and stains.007361 Pack of 100 Green £5.39

Utility Drape5

005802 75 x 90cm £1.30

Aperture Drape6

005800 50 x 60cm Green £1.88

Contamination Polybags7

007378 Pack of 200 Yellow £9.31

Kliniplast Sheet8

005803 70 x 90cm - Non-sterile £0.89

Therapy C

onsumab

les

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 301


Protective ClothingTh

erap

y C

onsu

mab

les

Box of 100. Natural007903 Extra Small £3.96007904 Small £3.96008767 Medium £3.96007906 Large £3.96

Handsafe Powdered Latex Gloves1

Handsafe Powder-Free Latex Gloves2

Box of 100. Natural007905 Extra Small £5.17007910 Small £5.17007911 Medium £5.17007810 Large £5.17

Handsafe Powdered Vinyl Gloves3

Box of 100. Natural009514S Small £4.40009514M Medium £4.40009514L Large £4.40

Handsafe Powder-Free Vinyl Gloves4

Box of 100. Natural009531S Small £5.50009531M Medium £5.50009531L Large £5.50

1

2

3

4

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:55 Page 302


Protective Clothing

Box of 100. Natural006934 Small £7.15006935 Medium £7.15006936 Large £7.15

Microtouch Powdered Not IllustratedLatex Gloves

1

007353 Pack of 100 £6.25

Robinson’s Queen Charlotte Style Mask4

007563 Pack of 40 £12.09

Comfit Mask 5

007354 Pack of 50 £7.67

Fibre White Moulded Mask6

005816 Pack of 50 £12.08

Klinimask7

Box of 100. Natural006926 Small £7.15006927 Medium £7.15006928 Large £7.15

Microtouch Powder-Free Latex Gloves2

Non-Sterile Latex Free Powder Free Gloves.Blue014365S Small £7.71014365M Medium £7.71014365L Large £7.71Natural018533S Small £7.71018533M Medium £7.71018533L Large £7.71

Nitrile Powder-Free Latex Free Gloves3

2

3

5

7

4

6

Therapy C

onsumab

les

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:56 Page 303

304

Paper Products


Cotton Wool Balls. Non-sterile.004112 Pack of 5 £0.35

Cotton Wool Balls 1

Cotton Wool Balls Sterile001682 Pack of 200 £2.67

Cotton Wool BP Balls 2

007352 Pack of 100 £0.70

Cotton Wool Tip Applicators3

Highly absorbent self presenting towels reduce consumptiongiving great value. 84 2-ply sheets per sleeve. Large.001324 Pack of 116 £2.96

Kleenex Hand Towels4

005457 Pack of 76 £0.63

Kleenex Medical Dry Wipes5

This box contains 100 soft, 2-ply facial tissues made from 100%recycled fibre.000272 100 tissues per pack £1.21

Kleenex Boxed Tissues 6

017520 £31.50

Paper Towel Holder7

000271 Pack of 2 £1.03

Toilet Rolls 8

000269 50cm (20") £13.13000270 25cm (10") £10.73

Couch Roll Dispenser9

21

43

65

87

9

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

Couch Paper Rolls

Medispat Tongue Depressors

10

09 118 0264 Couch Roll 10" (25cm) single £1.8909 118 1429 Couch Roll 10" (25cm) case of 24 £27.0409 118 1494 Couch Roll 10" (25cm) 3+ cases of 24 £23.7909 118 0272 Couch Roll 20" (50cm) single £2.4909 118 1437 Couch Roll 20" (50cm) case of 12 £27.0409 118 1502 Couch Roll 20" (50cm) 3+ cases of 12 £23.79

11

Excellent value for money and designed not to split, these tonguedepressors are available as standard or in spore-reduced packsfor extra protection and safety.AA98269 Standard £15.14AA98268 Spore-reduced £17.30

10

11

038_EXPT_0297-0304:038_EXPT_0297-0304 23/11/09 17:56 Page 304


Massage

1Mini Massager1

Compact but powerful massager includes three heads forconcentrated massage of specific areas. Cap can be left on formassage over larger areas. Battery operated massager vibratesat approximately 5500 cycles per minute. Battery included.AA9200A £23.74

22

3

4 5

6 7

Omni Massage Roller2

Omni Massage Rollers target problems such as a bad back orstubborn tension knots by rolling away stress and tension. The massagers are just the right size to pinpoint problem areasanywhere on the body and can provide effective relief and deeptissue stimulation simply by rolling the ball in circular motions.They also work well as an aid to traditional massage, helping toimprove blood circulation, reduce build up of toxins, relievetension and alleviate pain. Colour may vary.AA98265 £17.30

Massage Balls3

When massaged on the body these balls help relieve tensionand stimulate blood circulation.

Diameter ColourAA90003A 6cm Orange £1.63AA90003B 7cm Green £1.63AA90003C 8cm Yellow £1.90AA90003D 9cm Red £2.16AA90003E 10cm Blue £2.81

Reflexball4

These firm textured balls are suitable for massage, hand therapy,reflexology and relaxation exercise.

Diameter ColourAA9807A 8cm Green £2.98AA9807B 9cm Blue £3.68

The Original Jacknobber™ II5

A hand held massage tool is used to provide a pleasing andrelaxing massage to any part of the body. The knobs at each ofits four points can be used to apply deep pressure to musculartrigger points. The smaller knobs provide deeper, more intensepressure. The larger knobs provide broader, gentle pressure. Colour may vary. Latex free.922286 £9.73

The Original Index Knobber™ II6

Ergonomically designed massage tool protects the clinician’shand and forearm against fatigue and over use. Moulded in ahighly durable polymer, it allows the user to apply deep, sustained,and precise pressure to trigger points and sore muscles. Colour may vary. Latex free.922288 £9.73

The Original Backnobber™ II7

Deep muscle therapy device constructed of reinforced, polymericresins. Hook the backnobber over the shoulder or under an armand use it as a leverage to apply deep pressure to trigger pointsin the muscles of the neck, shoulders or back. Includes user guide.922287 £27.04

Therapy C

onsumab

les

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:56 Page 305


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sMassage

Thumper Maxi ProThe professional Maxi Pro Thumper is ideal for 2 person use(eg. Doctor & Patient). A full-body thumper massage takesaround 5 minutes, leaving the patient completely relaxed. It haseight anatomically-designed massaging spheres which pivot upand down a full 6mm, twenty-seven times per second. Its largesize allows you to massage both thighs, calves, feet orparaspinal muscles at once. It weighs 3.2kg which provides allthe necessary force to provide a sensational massage! There isno pressing and prodding, just place it on the muscle area ofchoice and relax. 09 118 3367 £215.22

1

Thumper Mini Pro2A lot of power in a little package, the Mini Pro2 is a professionalstrength massager in a personal, self-use size. Using the samepatented thumper percussive action, the Mini Pro2 was designedfor those hard to reach areas like the shoulders and mid-back.Two anatomically-designed massage spheres pivot up and downa full 6 mm, adjustable from 20 to 40 times per secondproducing deep penetrating waves to release tension and knots.Weighing only 1.4kg, the Mini Pro2 has three electronicallyregulated power settings for use on both thick and thin muscles.Use it on low for the rib cage or on children and elderly, wherethe full size maxi pro thumper may be too overpowering. 09 118 3391 £182.77

2

Thumper Sport ProThumper Sport is considered to be the ultimate percussionmassager for home use. Developed for active individuals whoneed to relax their muscles after exercise, and for those whodon't get enough exercise and need to improve their circulation.Weighing only 1.4kg. Thumper's Sport patented percussivetechnology transmits energy deep into the muscle tissue. With avariable speed control from 20 to 40 hertz that match yourmuscles' natural healing frequency. It has an ergonomic handlethat accommodates all hand sizes and helps you reach allmuscle groups. With interchangeable massage heads that letyou customize your massage experience.09 118 3383 £107.07

3

Thumper Versa ProVersa Pro is a whole new way to release muscular tension andinvigorate your tired, aching body. Just rest your feet, calves,thighs or lower back against the Versa Pro and let the healingbegin. It has 13 different massage settings, a remote control and7 auto programs. Self-leveling steel suspension automaticallyadjusts to different body parts for maximum penetration andrelief. 184 acu-pressure nodes are powered by direct-drivepercussion and adjustable from 16 to 30 pulses per second.09 118 3375 £226.03

4

1 1

2 2

3

4 4

3

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:56 Page 306


Therapy C

onsumab

lesMassage

Baselin Massage MilkNon-greasy and specially developed for oily skin. Very suitablefor cross fibre tissue work & manipulation.

000182 500ml (1-5) £6.95 (6+) £6.45

000158 5ltr £59.99B

A

1

Chemodol Massage OilSuitable for all skin types. Chemodol looks like a lotion but has ahigh oil content. Will not stain, water washable. Good skincontact and excellent for general massage.

004576 500ml (1-5) £6.95 (6+) £6.45

004577 5 Litre £59.99B

A

2

Chemotherm Heat RubContains menthol and eucalyptus oil to provide a mild warmingeffect. Suitable as a pre-sport rub and non-irritant to patient andmassage therapist.

004578 500ml (1-5) £9.95 (6+) £9.25

004579 5 Litre £98.00B

A

3

Chemovine HypoallergenicChemovine hypoallergenic oil is a water washable clear oil it is ideal for use on hairy skin. Will also help prevent hair follicleinfection. Pure oil easily absorbed by the skin making it supple.Ideal for skin with heavy hair growth.

004580 500ml (1-5) £7.25 (6+) £6.85

004581 5 Litre £64.90B

A

4

Chemoderm Massage OilSuitable for dry, problem skin. Chemoderm contains camomile oilwhich helps prevent skin irritation. Also contains Vitamin E, whichwill help reduce redness in scar tissue.

004582 500ml (1-5) £10.86 (6+) £10.20

000141 5 Litre £99.99B

A

5

Chemolan Ultrasound Gel Not IllustratedWorld Standard for Medical Ultrasound Transmission, it is used for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound.Recommended for all procedures where a viscous gel isrequired, including Ultrasonic diagnosis, Ultrasonic therapy,ECG, EEG, EMG and Defibrillation. Neutral contact gel forultrasound and echotherapy. Has excellent conductiveproperties, is odourless and has a highly suitable viscosity.015702 5 Litre £29.99

6

Chemodis Hand CareA non-greasy handcream with active ingredients, such asallantoin for cell regeneration and camomile oil and panthenol for moisture regulation.004597 100ml £5.46

7

PumpsPump for 500ml

015701 For 500ml Bottle £1.66Pump for 5ltr

015807 For 5 Litre Bottle £9.95B

A

8

1

8

A B

2

A B

3

A B

4

A B

5

A

A B

B

7

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:57 Page 307


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sMassage

Naqi Massage LotionOil rich with excellent lubricant properties this lotion is speciallydeveloped for extended massages such as sports massages.Economical to use and particularly suitable for hairy skin.011147 500ml £8.27010878 5ltr £38.59

Massage Lotions prevent the negative side effects ofthe mechanical handling of the skin during a massage.These lotions are hypoallergenic and easy to rinse offusing water. NAQI Massage Lotions are skin-kind,oil-water emulsions with the same pH-levels as theskin. They are suitable for various applications andhave specially-adapted lubricating properties.Special Massage Lotions can be developed fordermatological problems.

1

Naqi Ultra Lotion

This lotion has a pleasant texture with good immediate glidingand dispersal properties. The lotion provides lasting hydrationand protection for the skin and restores the natural skin balance.After use skin is soft but never oily. Ideal for physiotherapytreatments.011146 500ml £8.27010880 5ltr £38.59018177 Pump £4.99

2

Naqi Lotion Light

Naqi Light is a non-oily skin care lotion, ideal for short massages.The lotion provides lasting hydration and protection and restoresthe natural skin balance preventing the build up of rough skin.011148 500ml £8.27010879 5ltr £30.87018177 Pump £4.99

3

Naqi Lotion Plus*Naqi Plus is an oil rich lotion that is ideal for extended massagessuch as sports massages. With intense warming effect.010882 500ml £9.87

4

Naqi Lotion Ultra Plus*This lotion provides a moderate warming effect and works easilyon the skin. Suitable for physiotherapy treatments.010883 500ml £6.99

5

Naqi Lotion CoolA cooling and refreshing massage lotion. Ideal for use afterexercise and during warm weather.010881 500ml £8.77

6

1 2

3 4

5 6BESTSELLER

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:57 Page 308


Therapy C

onsumab

lesMassage

Naqi Gel Inflam• Reduces inflammation and pain

• Keeps joints supple

018355 500ml £13.45

1

Naqi Gel Lymphe• Stimulates venous circulation

• Prevents water retention

• Lightens heavy legs

018354 500ml £13.45

2

Naqi Gel Cool• Very cold gel

• Reduces inflammation and pain

018461 500ml £13.45

3

Naqi Aroma Gel Plus• Stimulates circulation

• Reduces stiff muscles

018601 500ml £13.45

4

Naqi Warming UpThis warm up and oil-free hydrogel protects against muscleaches and stiffness. Naqi warming up penetrates the skinimmediately, does not stick and does not stain. This gel isparticularly suitable for indoor sports and in warm, dry weather.018352 200ml £7.22

5

Naqi Body Care

For intensive care of vulnerable and sensitive skin. Naqi BodyCare is a high-quality, very effective skin cream which can beused as an aftersun. Body Care may be used on the face as wellas the body & feet. • Intensive care for most kinds of skin problems

• Prevents reactions to sugar and protein

• Neutralises harmful effects of free radicals

• Hydrates intensively

• Prevents and reduces irritations

• Promotes skin renewal

• Slows down the ageing process and yellowing of the skin

018353 500ml £22.04

6

1

5 6

2

34

Myossage Lotion7

High quality massage lotion that helps to give a soothing andeffective massage. Non-alcoholic, non-greasy and non-staining.AA98278 3.8 Litres £21.62AA98279 237ml £1.73

Ultra-Myossage Lotion8

Formulated with aloe vera, this top quality lotion is ideal formassage or as an ultrasound coupling agent. No menthol,hexachlorophene or polysorbates. Non-allergenic, water solubleand greaseless.AA98280 3.8 Litres £21.62AA98281 237ml £2.60 87

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:57 Page 309


Massage

Black Pepper, Rosemary and Grapefruit are blended to provide astimulating, refreshing massage prior to sport. Designed topromote muscle circulation and help reduce the incidence ofinjuries.0014901 500ml £8.40

Vulkan Pre-Sport Massage 1

Vulkan Post-Sport MassageA combination of Juniper, Basil and Lemongrass will provide thesoothing touch for muscular aches and pains and will also helpdisperse lactic acid.0014902 500ml £8.40

2

Vulkan Therapeutic Oil The excellent relaxant properties of this Lavender, SweetMarjoram and camomile based oil make it the oil of choice to assist the therapist when performing massage.0014903 500ml £8.40

3

Ibuleve GelColourless fragrance-free gel containing Ibuprofen 5% w/w. Forthe relief of backache, rheumatic and muscular pain, sprains andstrains. Reduces swelling and inflammation. Also for pain relief incommon arthritic conditions.002618 30g £4.40004094 50g £5.94

4

Ibuleve SprayConvenient spray reduces pain, swelling and inflammationIbuleve Spray is a clear, fragrance-free spray containingibuprofen, a proven anti-inflammatory painkiller. The spray isspecially formulated to allow rapid absorption of ibuprofenthrough the skin for effective relief at the point of pain.004095 35ml £5.24

5

Mueller Massage LotionSoftens & soothes as it disappears into the skin. Greaseless andcomes with pump.010833 474ml £6.56010834 5 Litre £22.00

6

Mueller Sports BalmGreaseless analgesic lotion for warming pain relief. Great forwarming muscles before play and afterwards to help relievesoreness.010856 474ml £12.08

7

Vulkan Sports Balm More economical than traditional heat rubs in tubes, this pre-sport heat balm comes in 2 sizes.002931 175ml £3.03002930 560ml £7.22

8

FisioCremFisiocrem is a fast working anti-inflammatory cream suitable foruse during the treatment of strained muscles, bruising, sprains,tendonitis, dislocations and other injuries. It aids the localcirculation and may also offer some relief for rheumatism,arthritis, or venous congestion. Fisiocrem is a completely naturalproduct that can be used in conjunction with pharmaceuticalmedicine and other physiotherapeutic treatments. It isrecommended for use in all types of musculo/skeletal treatmentand is suitable for use during all stages of rehabilitation therapyof muscles and joints. It quickly soothes the pain andinflammation of common injuries, bruises, sprains and strains.Avoid open wounds.09 118 9851 60ml £7.9509 118 9802 250ml £18.00

9

1 2 3

4 5

7

9

6

8

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:57 Page 310

3 4


Massage/Complimentary Therapy

Pulsed magnetic wave therapy system featuring clinically proventechnology to give lasting pain relief. The Painwave™ X4000 is arevolutionary new pain management device, which is a totallynatural alternative to prescription medication. Unlike TENS andmicro electric current therapy Painwave™ does not block pain viapain gateways, instead it reduces and removes the pain andpromotes healing at cellular level. Painwave™ treats the causerather than the symptoms. Painwave™ is a portable hand helddevice that works by delivering pulsed electromagnetic fieldtherapy (PEMF).017712 £149.99

Painwave™ X40005

Essential Oils of Calendula, Peppermint, Teatree and Eucalpytusblended in a gentle aqueous base. Deeply Penetrating, with aCool-Warm sensation. Perfect for Deep tissue and Remedialsports massage. It's special formulation gives Dynamint itsunique penetrative performance and allows it to get to workalmost instantaneously and provide longer effect.022070 Dynamint 30ml £1.41022071 Dynamint 237ml £8.72022101 Dynamint 2lt £62.95

Dynamint Muscle Balm1

A blend which works on the skin as well as the muscles making itan excellent pre and post event massage medium. It also has awider use in all types of other massage therapies. Essential Oilsof Calendula, Manuka and Lemon.020661 500g £19.95

Sports Massage Wax2

Slightly softer wax than the sports allowing an easier spreadduring massage. Gently warming and used in a sportenvironment, it helps to disperse lactic acid to reduce aches andpains. Essential Oils of Grapefruit, Orange and Pimento.022005 500g £19.95

Orange Spice Wax3

Contains no essential oils, but in all other respects offers exactlythe same benefits as the other waxes in the range. Popular witharoma therapists who love the massage wax, but choose tocreate their own blends.020653 500g £19.95

Unscented Massage Wax4

A unique blend of Beeswax and Natural Vegetable Oilsfor a supreme massage experience. Semi-solid formulamelts onto the skin and provides a working surface thatdelivers control, smoothness and a perfect finishwithout spills, mess and waste.

Tui Massage Waxes

A non-greasy, easily absorbed soothing balm for muscles andjoints. This formulation includes added Menthol, which allows itto be safely and easily administered directly onto the skin with nogreasy residue.Painwave™ Muscle and Joint Balm offers help to soothe achesand pains whether as a rub for pulled muscles or to ease painful,still joints.018466 50ml £13.18

Painwave™ Muscle & Joint Balm 6

A soothing water-based massage gel for the relief of muscularaches and pains and particularly popular with sports people priorto exercise.It’s clean and simple to use, with only small amounts required tomassage gently into the affected area.018467 100ml £11.01

Painwave™ Muscle & Joint Gel 7

Painwave™ Instant Moisturising Derma Spray revitalises and re-hydrates the skin leaving it feeling soft and supple.018468 150ml £11.01

Painwave™ Instant Moisturising Derma Spray 8

5

1 2

86

7

Therapy C

onsumab

les

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:57 Page 311


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

sComplimentary Therapy

Weleda Massage BalmWeleda Massage Balm with Arnica. For muscular and rheumatic pain.000386 50ml £3.75000387 100ml £7.35000388 500ml £33.08Weleda Massage Balm DispenserDispenser comes free of charge.09 125 7948 Dispenser for 100ml09 127 8712 Dispenser for 500ml

1

Rhus Tox OintmentFor symptomatic relief of rheumatism, recommended wherethere is muscular stiffness or muscle strain.000381 100g £2.78

2

Ruta OintmentFor symptomatic relief of sprains. Recommended where tendonsand ligaments are affected, where pain is due to excessivephysical activity.000382 100g £4.69

3

Profelan ArnicaHelps with the effects of sports, injuries and accidents such asbruises, sprains, pulled ligament, sore muscles, contusions andbumps.018426 100g £9.65

4

Traumeel Cream Not Illustrated017522 50ml £14.32

5

Arnica LotionA traditional herbal remedy for symptomatic relief of sprains,muscular pain or stiffness, to reduce bruising and swelling fromminor bumps. Helpful as a wet compress. A few drops in a warmbath can help relieve aching muscles.000383 50ml £4.99

6

Arnica OintmentA traditional herbal remedy made with organic arnica for thesymptomatic relief of bruising, muscular stiffness and to helpreduce swelling after minor bumps or sprains.000377 25g £4.41

7

Almond Carrier Oil001616 500ml £12.07

8

Lavender Essential Oil001641 10ml £4.58

9

Tea Tree Oil Not Illustrated001647 10ml £4.58

10

Bio Oil Not Illustrated018452 200ml £22.00

11

2 3

64

8

9

7

1

039_EXPT_0305-0312:039_EXPT_0305-0312 23/11/09 17:58 Page 312

Intensive Care for tired legsEfasit balms, lotions and sprays are specially formulated with naturaljojoba and rosemary oils, they also contain an antifungal ingredient.The Efasit range can help:

• Soften dry skin and protect against moisture loss

• Cool and revive hot and tired feet

• Restore life and condition to tired and heavy legs


Footcare

Efasit Intensive Moisture Balm1

It penetrates deeply to help smooth and soften dry skin and toprotect against moisture loss.010501 80ml £3.30

Efasit Ultra Cooling Gel 2

Formulated with effective and natural cooling properties to cooland revive hot and tired feet.010503 80ml £3.30

Efasit 18 Hour Deodorant Spray 3

Formulated to freshen hot and tired feet and deodorises for up to18 hours.010502 £3.30

Efasit Power Freshening Crème4

Formulated to cool and freshen hot and tired feet and legs. It also deodorises for 24 hours, has an antiperspirant action and contains an antifungal ingredient.010507 80ml £3.30

Efasit Deep Care Gelé5

Efasit Deep Care Gelé penetrates deeply to invigorate overworked and tired legs. Use Efasit Deep Care Gelé regularly to restore life and condition to tired and heavy legs.010508 80ml £3.30

1 2

3 4 5

Therapy C

onsumab

les

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 313

UltimateFoot Care

The CCS range of skin care products are designed to be highly effective and cost effective.


FootcareTh

erap

y C

onsu

mab

les

Benefits: • Suitable for diabetics • Excellent for dry skin • Non greasy

CCS Foot care cream is extremely effective in the control of dryskin and cracked heels. It contains 10% urea, the body’s naturalmoisturiser which helps the skin to retain moisture and softencalluses and dry skin. It also contains bacteriacides and is lanolinfree and hypo-allergenic. Recommended for Diabetic use.016306 60ml tube £2.26016303 175ml tube £4.67016304 1Kg tub £21.95016301 Pump for 1kg tub £39.20

CCS Foot Care Cream1

CCS Heel Balm is especially formulated to help control the mostdifficult case of rough, dry cracked heels. Contains Urea (25%)the body’s natural moisturiser and a high concentration (50 iu/g)of the anti-oxidant Vitamin E. Fast acting and able to exfoliate theskin without the need for pumice, CCS Heel Balm strengthensand balances the texture of the skin and shields it with a nongreasy protective barrier. Lanolin Free and recommended byDiabetes Advisors.016300 75g £4.25

CCS Heel Balm2

1

2 3

1

CCS Foot Bath Salts3

CCS Foot Bath Salts are effective in the control of dry and roughskin. This treatment foot bath is ideal for softening hard thick skinas part of a regular foot care routine. The 100% Urea formuladissolves easily in water, softens skin and also helps feet feelfresh. Easy to use doses.018979 5 x 15g £2.89

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 314


Footcare

Gehwol Balm For Normal Skin Not Illustrated

Foot Odour

Tired Heavy Legs

1

Cooling menthol and natural essential oils. Sore feet and signs offatigue disappear immediately, tired and aching feet are revived.It also protects against foot odour, athlete’s foot and keeps feethygienically fresh. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics.005568 75ml £3.03

Gehwol Leg Vitality6

Fusskraft Leg Vitality is a balm for the special daily care of legsand feet. As well as vitalising the skin, it smoothes tired andheavy legs with its ingredients of avocado oil, algae extracts andvitamin E. Hamamelis soothes irritation and prevents wrinkles,preventing problem zones of dry and scaly skin. Dermatologicallytested. Suitable for diabetics.005557 125ml £4.75

Gehwol Bamboo Peeling Not Illustrated7

The main purpose of the leg- and feet-peeling is to exfoliate andsmooth excess skin on shinbones and knees which are often dryand rough. Additionally, skin on the feet is smoothed and roughspots can be reduced. Massaging the product into the feet andlegs promotes circulation. Aches and pains in the legs and feetcan be reduced.018981 150ml £4.74

Gehwol Fuss Herbal Bath Salts Not Illustrated2

Eliminates foot odour, cools and refreshes tired feet, softenscalluses and prevents itching of the skin and athletes foot.005558 400g £3.75005525 10kg £49.61

Gehwol Med Deodorant Foot Cream3

Intensive deodorant foot cream with long-lasting protection.Regular use of the mildly moisturising cream gives you odourlessfeet, protection against fungi and smoothens your skin.005601 75ml £3.58

Gehwol Deodorant Foot Spray4

Caring Foot Deodorant Spray.005565 150ml £4.90

Gehwol Fuss Herbal Lotion5

Eliminates foot odour, cools and refreshes tired feet, softenscalluses and prevents itching of the skin and athletes foot.005527 500ml £18.08005526 150ml £4.97

3

6

54

Therapy C

onsumab

les

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 315


Footcare

Gehwol Foot Cream Not Illustrated

Tired Painful Feet

1

Foot cream prevents aching feet, sores, blisters, soreness andchafing. It has an anti-inflammatory effect, prevents athlete’s footand brings the activity of the perspiratory glands back to anormal level.The cream strengthens the skin and makes itresistant. It protects amputation stumps and hands during strong strain. In addition, it offers protection against cold feet and frostbite.005566 75ml £3.14

Gerlan Nailcare

Brittle Nails

8

Used for the treatment of fragile finger and toe-nails to promotehealthy growth. It is also used to support the preparativetreatment of nail mycosis.005572 15ml £3.48

Gehwol Nail Compound9

Used to smooth uneven nail surfaces, strengthen broken nails, fix artificial nails and for the treatment of onychomycosis.005544 15ml £5.34

Gehwol Med Nail Softener10

Quickly and carefully softens cornification and makes cuticles elastic. It alleviates the discomfort of ingrown toenails. The painful pressure of the nail on the nail bed is eliminated.005599 15ml £3.48

Gehwol Fuss Mint2

A cooling foot balm, which is rapidly absorbed. The revitalisingicy freshness of mint makes your feet fresh and fit, before or afteran active day. In addition, it provides long-lasting protectionagainst foot odour, and prevents athlete’s foot and itchingbetween the toes.005552 75ml £3.20005513 125ml £4.36005514 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Fuss Liquid Not Illustrated3

An optimal massage preparation after foot care, soothing for feetand legs. Is particularly well absorbed by the skin.005553 1litre £13.19

Gehwol Liquid Not Illustrated4

Refreshing, deodorising and skin-caring foot spray. Especiallybetween the toes and on the heels, immediately alleviates aburning sensation and symptoms of fatigue of the feet.005536 1000ml £13.13

Gehwol Extra Not Illustrated5

Extra intensively cares and strengthens overstrained feet.005567 75ml £3.18

Gehwol Fuss Herbal Bath Salts6

Herb Bath Salt005558 400g £3.75

Gehwol Leg Balm Not Illustrated7

Leg Balm is a pleasantly soothing medicinal herb balm for legsand feet. It contains an astringent effect and relieves irritation.Regular use prevents dry skin and premature ageing of the skin.Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics.005569 125ml £4.80005529 450ml £11.58

6

2

8

10

9

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 316


Footcare

Gehwol Fuss Green

Sweaty Feet

1

A light emollient cream for sweaty feet. It contains well-trieddisinfecting substances for the prevention of athlete’s foot,itching and the formation of blisters between the toes.Perspiration is normalised and the decomposition of sweat is prevented. For normal skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics.005519 75ml £3.20005504 125ml £4.36005505 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Lotion Not Illustrated2

For cleansing and refreshing the feet before and after foot care.Protects against infections and bacteria.005554 500ml £10.04

Gehwol Footbath3

Foot bath helps aching, sore and sweaty feet. It revitalises tiredfeet and eliminates troublesome soreness. Calluses, weal’s andcorns are softened and the skin is cleansed to the pores andremains resistant and smooth. Dermatologically tested.005541 20g Pack of 10 £3.26005571 400g £3.42

Gehwol Med Lipidro-cream

Dry Skin

4

A light emollient cream for sweaty feet. It contains well-trieddisinfecting substances for the prevention of athlete’s foot,itching and the formation of blisters between the toes.Perspiration is normalised and the decomposition of sweat isprevented. For normal skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics.017120 20ml £0.66

Gehwol Fuss Blue5

A rich emollient cream for burning, tired feet. It contains well-triedantiseptics for the prevention of athlete’s foot and itchingbetween the toes. For rough dry skin. Dermatologically tested. Suitable for diabetics.005521 75ml £3.20005507 125ml £4.36005508 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Balm For Dry Rough Skin6

It is ideal for rough and brittle skin, and helps retain the skin’snatural smoothness.016572 75ml £3.03

Gehwol Lipidro Cream Not Illustrated7

Gehwol Lipidro Cream is ideal for rough and brittle skin, andhelps retain skin’s natural smoothness and suppleness.010489 75ml £3.53016370 125ml £4.36010490 450ml £12.52010346 Pump Refill for 450ml Tub £2.86

Gehwol Emulsion Not Illustrated8Emulsion for foot massage creates a smooth film on the skin.Revitalises and stimulates the circulation.005531 125ml £3.36005570 1 litre Bottle £13.18005533 2 litre Bottle £19.90005532 450ml Refill £8.72

1

3

5

6

Therapy C

onsumab

les

4

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 317

Footcare

Gehwol Red Light

Cold Feet

1

A warming balm, which gives relief for tired, strained and sorefeet. Proven antiseptics prevent foot odour, athlete’s foot anditching between the toes.005524 75ml £3.20005510 125ml £4.36005511 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Med Salve

Hard Cracked Skin

5

Effectively protects against fungal infections and the nails andskin regains their elasticity and beauty. Dermatologically tested.017121 20ml £0.66005596 75ml £3.58005549 125ml £4.36005550 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Med Protective Nail and Skin Oil

Athletes Foot

6

Effectively protects against fungal infections and the nails andskin regain their elasticity and beauty. The nails receive a naturalsilky shine. Dermatologically tested.005597 15ml £3.80

Gehwol Med Protective Nail and Skin Cream7

005598 15ml £3.80

Gehwol Foot Powder8

005537 100g Shaker £2.70005538 500g Tub £6.78

Gehwol Red Rich2

A warming balm for dry skin, which gives relief for tired, strainedand sore feet. Skin-friendly concentrated emollients revitalise dryand brittle skin, making it soft and smooth again.Dermatologically tested.005561 75ml £3.20005562 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Fuss Warming Bath3

Provide a spontaneous and long-lasting pleasant warm feeling of the feet. 005559 150ml £6.45

Gehwol Callus Softener Not Illustrated4

For the softening of hard calluses, corns and callosity beforeinstrumental removal through foot specialists. 005517 500ml £7.44

1

5

6

7

8

2

3

Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s


040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 318


Footcare

Gehwol Fuss Mint

Burning Feet

1

A cooling foot balm, which is rapidly absorbed. The revitalisingicy freshness of mint makes your feet fresh and fit, before or afteran active day. In addition, it provides long-lasting protectionagainst foot odour, and prevents athlete’s foot and itchingbetween the toes.005552 75ml £3.20005513 125ml £4.36005514 450ml £12.52

Gehwol Refreshing Balm Not Illustrated2

Refreshing Balm immediately revitalises, cools and deodorisesfeet and gives a long-lasting feeling of freshness. Naturalpeppermint oil and menthol refresh tired, sore and strained feetand legs. Dermatologically tested.009017 75ml £3.18

Gehwol Liquid3

Refreshing, deodorising and skin-caring foot spray. Foot carewith Gehwol liquid, especially between the toes and on the heels,immediately alleviates a burning sensation and symptoms offatigue of the feet. The well-tired foot tonic deodorises, preventsitching between the toes and offers effective protection againstmucous infections of feet and nails. 005535 150ml £4.63

1

3

Marketing PointAt Mobilis Rolyan we believe that it isextremely important to support ourcustomers with their sales of ourproducts. With this in mind we havepleasure in introducing this range ofcustomer display units and consumerliterature to help you.

A clear and attractive display unit.This display is made out of acrylicwith promotion card.

018208 Effective Care for Feet 30w x 22d x 37h (cm)

Call now for your FREE creamsamples and product literature!

Gehwol Counter Display Stand

Therapy C

onsumab

les

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 319

320

Footcare


Ther

apy

Con

sum

able

s ClearZal® Nail Solution1

Treat Infected Nails.ClearZal® Bac offers the healing power for infected nails.ClearZal® Bac antimicrobial solution is a clinical strengthformulation containing a strong broad spectrum antimicrobialagent. More effective than using an antifungal agent alone it willalso stop a bacterial infection which can present in 50% of allcases of nail infection.• Kills 99.9% of the microbes that can cause nail infections

• Helps fight infection on the skin, around and under the nailEffective against the following dermatophytes:

• T. Rubrum

• E. Floccosum

• T. Mentagrophytes

And more... It is also effective against Candida Albicans.

017498 30ml £12.28

Silk Smooth™2

SILK Smooth™ by ClearZal is specifically formulated to restorehealthy skin on your feet. Created with urea, natural moisturisingingredients and vitamins in a rich Aloe Vera base this uniquesoothing, nutritional conditioning crème with advanced epidermallipids helps rejuvenate healthy skin for healthy feet. Speciallyformulated to prevent moisture loss by attracting & retaining theskin’s natural hydration.Product Facts: Urea - Hydrates, Aloe - Conditions, Rosemary -Stimulating Healing Extract. ClearZal® SILK Smooth’s unique useof these effective ingredients gives irritated, dry skin a wonderful,silky smooth, non-greasy feeling. You will really appreciate the difference.017820 8oz Tubes £14.77017823 2oz Pot £5.73

Silk Revitalising Foot Crème™3

Specifically formulated to cool, soothe, tone and stimulate tired,aching, busy feet. Comprised of urea and aloe vera the formulaattracts and retains the skin’s natural moisturisers. SILK revitalising Foot Crème is easily absorbed, leaving the skin supple and soothed with refreshing menthol to revitalise the feet instantly. Contains: Urea to re-hydrate the skin, Aloe Vera tocondition and retain the skin’s moisture, Menthol, an analgesicpain reliever. Restore Vitality to your Feet!!!017824 2oz Pot £5.73

1

3

2

040_EXPT_0313-0320:040_EXPT_0313-0320 23/11/09 17:58 Page 320

Combination Therapy & VacuumUltrasound TherapyInterferential & Muscle StimNeurostimulationBio FeedbackLaserShortwaveElectrotherapy AccessoriesTENSMagnetic TherapyCompression Therapy

We are proud to be exclusive partners for Enraf-Nonius in the UK. Enraf-Nonius have been developingproducts for physical therapists for over 80 years. They have a passionate interest in continuallydeveloping new and innovative products to support healthcare professionals worldwide.With the Enraf-Nonius brand you can always be guaranteed of reliability, functionality and durability.

450 - 455456 - 458459 - 464466 - 467468 - 470471 - 472473 - 477478 - 481482 - 485

486487 - 488

Electrotherapy

Innovative products to switch you on…

We have a dedicatedservice & repair centreAsk about our:

• Service maintenance contracts

• Workshop service & repair

• Field service & repair

Why not..?• Trade in your old equipment

• Hire

• Lease

Call us for more details

Electrotherapy -Update Your Skills!We often run ElectrotherapyUpdate courses with Dr Tim Watson, held at variousvenues around the countrythroughout the year. Call us for the latest course details.

For more information, please call Customer Services

057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 449


Combination Therapy

The Sonopuls 692 is the latest innovation in combination therapy,and is a versatile and highly advanced piece of equipment for ultrasound,electrotherapy and combination therapy.Its design features include a crystal clear colour LCD screen and finger tipcontrol, making calling up protocols quick and easy. With its ‘therapy assistant’ you have all the relevant treatment protocols readyto hand; an aid that will quickly prove to be indispensable in your practice.In addition you can create a separate protocol with the ‘therapy wizard’ andstore it in memory, ready for the next treatment session and get to workstraight away.The Sonopuls 692 is available with a vacuum unit: Sonopuls 692V The whisperquiet suction wave device has the option to apply four vacuum electrodes.The suction power can be set across a broad range and be applied eithercontinuously or pulsed. A regulator system lets the pump only work when thevacuum has fallen below a certain minimum level.The vacuum electrodes are quick and easy to attach. They fit fully andcomfortably to the body's surface. The electrode positioning is straightforwardand easy to use and ensures a good contact across the full surface of theelectrode.Features• Ultrasound, electro and combination therapy• 16 different electrotherapy currents• Continuous and pulsed ultrasound 1 & 3MHz with accurate dosage• Therapy Assistant (Pre-programmed protocols)• Therapy Wizard (Customizable programmes) • Colour LCD screen• Finger tip control• Option to upgrade with StatUS™ module (692VS) - See page 457 for

further details• Further option to upgrade with EMG module - call for further details

Model Detail017102 Sonoplus 692 Standard Combination £2395.00017099 Sonoplus 692V With Vacuum £3395.0009 131 2024 Sonoplus 692VS With Vacuum & StatUS™ £3995.00

Standard Accessories for 692• Moist pads for rubber electrode 6 x 8cm, set of 4• Multi-frequency treatment head, large (5cm2), 1 & 3 MHz• Strap 100 x 3cm• Strap 250 x 3cm• Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - black• Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - purple• Rubber electrodes 6 x 8cm, 2mm female - set of 2• Mains cable 230V• 250ml contact gel

Complete equipment for ultrasound, electro and combination therapy

Technical Specification

Current Channels: 2 independent, fully galvanically isolatedCurrent types: 16 current types (36 variants)Ultrasound Frequencies: 1 & 3 MHzUltrasound: Pulsed & continuousPulse frequency/duty cycle: 100Hz/ 5, 10, 20, 50, 80%. 16Hz/ 20%.

48Hz/20%No of US connections: 2No of vacuum electrodes: 4Intensity: 0 - 2W/cm2 continuous, 0 - 3W/cm2 pulsedSupply voltage: 100 - 240V + 10% (50/60Hz)Dimensions (w x d x h): 45 x 37 x 29.5cmWeight: 6.2kgWarranty: 2 years

Sonopuls 692, 692V & 692VS1

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

1

SONOPULS 692V

SPARESSpares are available for these products, making them suitable for refurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.


057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 450


Combination Therapy

High quality, extreme functionality and an eye-catching design, provide theprofessional physiotherapist with all modern current forms plus dualfrequency Ultrasound. Features• 1 and 3MHz treatment head with Contact control• Continuous and pulsed ultrasound• 2 & 4 pole Interferential• 19 Current types including Interferential, TENS, Stim, Faradic etc• 50 Preset protocol programs• 10 Programmable memory positions• Battery Option• Can be used in conjunction with Vacotron S & Vacotron 460Standard Accessories• 5cm2 multi-frequency treatment head• 250ml contact gel • 2 x 2-pole patient cable• 4 electrodes 6 x 8cm• 4 sponges to fit 6 x 8cm electrodes• 1m & 2.5m (3cm wide) strap • Mains lead & power supply • Operating instructions and treatment guides with photographs014817 Sonopuls 492 £1695.00Optional AccessoriesS1514 Enraf Sonopuls 490 / 492 Battery pack £33.06022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00

(see page 481 for more details)09 131 2016 4 Series Pro Padded Carry Bag £56.95

(see page 481 for more details)

Technical SpecificationUltrasoundFrequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment headsTreatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 80%, 50%, 20%, 10% ,5%Intensity 0 - 2W per cm2 (Cont) or 0-3W per cm2

(pulsed 5%, 10%, 20% or 50%) or 0-2.5W per cm2

(pulsed 80%).Timer 0-30 minutes

ElectrotherapyInterferential Carrier 2KHz, 4KHz to 10KHzFrequency Output selection 2 & 4 pole with vector & dipole vectorFrequency range 0-200Hz (beat) 0-180Hz (spectrum)Output current 0 - 100mATimer 0 - 60 minutesWaveform mode 1/1s, 6/6s, 12/12s or 1/30/1/30sOther waveforms TENS, High voltage, Microcurrent, Russian, Diadynamic,

Faradic, IDC, Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current& Medium frequency direct current all with variable settings.

General Weight 4kgDimensions Width 28cm. Depth 29cm. Height 11cmPower requirements 100 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years

Sonopuls 4921

Electrotherap

y

1

BATTERYPACK

AVAILABLE



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 451


Combination Therapy

This portable mains / battery powered combination unit providesUltrasound Therapy (1 & 3MHz), 2 pole Interferential, TENS, Direct Currentand Combination Therapy.Features• 1 and 3 MHz treatment head with Contact control

• Continuous and pulsed ultrasound

• Interferential with Variable carrier frequencies

• 3 Current types:- Interferential, TENS, and direct current

• 10 programmable memory positions

• Can be used in conjunction with Vacotron 460

• Battery included

Standard Accessories• 5cm2 multi-frequency treatment head

• 250ml contact gel

• 2-pole patient cable

• 2 electrodes 6 x 8cm

• 4 sponges to fit 6 x 8cm electrodes

• 2.5m (3cm wide) strap

• Mains lead & power supply

• Operating manual and treatment guides

014816 Sonopuls 491 £1295.00

Optional Accessories022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.0009 131 2016 4 Series Pro Padded Carry Bag £56.95

(see page 481 for more details)

Sonopuls 4911

Technical SpecificationUltrasoundFrequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment headsTreatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20%, 10%, 5%Intensity 0 - 1.5W per cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W per cm2 (pulsed) Timer 0 - 30 minutes

ElectrotherapyCarrier Frequency 2KHz, 4KHz to 10KHzOutput selection 2 poleFrequency range 0 - 150Hz +100HzOutput current 0 - 100mA (0-60mA in combination)Timer 0 - 30 minutesWaveform mode 6/6s or 1/30/1/30sOther waveforms Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current & Medium

frequency direct current

General Weight 4kgDimensions Width 28cm. Depth 29cm. Height 10.5cmPower requirements 100 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty Unit 2 years

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

1

MAINS ORBATTERY

POWERED ASSTANDARD



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 452


Vacuum

The Vacotron 460 can be connected to all Enraf-Nonius 4 serieselectrotherapy and combination units, and can also be used as a table topmodel. It allows quick application of vacuum electrodes on positions whererubber electrodes and fixation straps cannot be used. It provides continuousand intermittent suction strength, as well as accurate adjustment of thesuction strength Features • Continuous and intermittent suction • Accurate adjustable suction strength• Unique cable connection for fast application of rubber electrodesStandard Accessories • Patient cable with 2mm male plugs• 4 Vacuum electrodes Ø 60 mm• 4 Sponges Ø 65 mm• Electrode cable red• Electrode cable black• Water reservoir• Dummy plug• Mains cable• Operating manual014811 Vacotron 460 £1195.00

(Fits 4 series trolley, see page 481 for details)

Technical SpecificationVacuum Continuous and pulsed Power requirements 220 - 240V 50 - 60 HzCurrent consumption max.0.26 A (at 115V) Dimensions 35 x 36 x 11cmWeight 5.7 kg

Vacotron 4601

All the features of the Vacotron 460 with a shaped case to displaycombination units at an angle.Features• Continuous and intermittent suction strength• Accurate adjustment of the suction strength• Unique cable connection for fast application of rubber electrodes• Can only be used as a tabletop model Standard Accessories• 4 Vacuum electrodes Ø 60 mm• 4 Sponges Ø 65 mm• Electrode cable red• Electrode cable black• Dummy plug• Operating manual014812 Vacotron S £1245.00

Vacotron S2

Electrotherap

y

Technical SpecificationVacuum Continuous and pulsed Power requirements 220 - 240V 50 - 60 HzCurrent consumption 1.0 A Dimensions 24.5 x 21 x 9cmWeight 4.2kg

1

2

SHOWN WITH COMBINATION UNIT (NOT INCLUDED)



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 453

UltrasoundFrequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment headsTreatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed(50%, 20% and 10%)

Output power 0 - 1.6W/cm2

Timer 0 - 99 minutesElectrotherapyCarrier Frequency 4000HzOutput Selection 2 & 4 poleFrequency range 0 - 150HzOutput current 0 - 100mATimer 0 - 99 minutesOther Waveforms High voltage, Microcurrent,

Russian, BiphasicGeneralWeight 2kgDimensions Width 25cm. Depth 24cm. Height 9cm.Power Requirements 220 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years


Combination Therapy

The Dynatron 850 plus offers a large range of standard features alongsidesome very unique options including Target Interferential, which allows theoperator to direct the current to the area required with the electrodeplacement on the patient, giving a more precise treatment & better outcome.Ultrasound Features• Patented multi-frequency ultrasound 1 & 3MHz

• Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous

• Two additional heads available: 2cm2, 10cm2

• Power settings: up to 1.6watts/cm2

• Head warming

• Coupling

• Combo plus™

Electrotherapy Features• 2 and 4 pole Interferential, Russian, Biphasic muscle stim, High Volt,

Microcurrent

• Patented Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential

• Single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic muscle Stim

• Selectable and customizable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic and Russian

• Modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian

• Microcurrent conductance indicator

• Electrode conductance meter

Standard Accessories• 5cm2 ultrasound head

• Ultrasound gel

• Mains lead

• 2 x Velcro straps

• 2 x patient leads

• 4 x rubber electrodes

• 4 x sponge discs

• Operating manual

• Treatment guide


Dynatron D850 plus1

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

S4401 Dynatron D850 plus £1395.00

Optional AccessoriesS4403 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £175.00S4404 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £175.00S0411 Hard carry case with foam inserts £37.37S0535 Padded carry case £27.50

1



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 454


Combination Therapy

Complete unit for ultrasound, electro, combination, laser & light therapyThe Dynatron Solaris 708 combination therapy unit offers Triple FrequencyUltrasound, 2 & 4 pole interferential with the unique option of TargetInterferential, which allows the operator to direct the current to the arearequired within the electrode placement on the patient, giving a moreprecise treatment & better outcome. The unit also allows for laser & light therapy. This makes the Solaris 708 an extremely competitive and all round therapy unit.Ultrasound• Patented multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, 2, 3MHz

• Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous

• Additional soundheads available: 2cm2, 10cm2

• Ultrasound settings: up to 2 watts/cm2

• Display both in watts and watts/cm2

• Head warming

• Coupling

Electrotherapy• 3 channels

• 1 High Volt channel

• Interferential, Premodulated, Russian, Biphasic, High Volt, Microcurrent, Direct Current (probe only)

• Target and Target Sweep feature for Interferential

• Modifiable frequency ranges

• Single, reciprocal, co-contraction modes in Russian, Biphasic

• Selectable and customisable on/off times for High Volt, Biphasic andRussian

• Modify pulse rate, pulse width in Biphasic, Russian

• Microcurrent and High Volt therapy delivered with either electrodes orprobes

• Select Microcurrent and High Volt polarity (positive, negative, or bipolar)

• Microcurrent conductance indicator

• Electrode conductance meter

• Direct Current delivered through MultiStim probe

Light Therapy• Infrared cluster probe (optional)

• Laser point probe (optional)

PLEASE NOTE that laser probes are not supplied with the unit -these must be purchased separately.Standard Accessories• 5cm2 ultrasound head

• Ultrasound gel

• Mains lead

• 2 x Velcro straps

• 2 x patient leads

• 4 x rubber electrodes

• 4 x sponge discs


• Treatment guide

S4400 Dynatron Solaris 708 £1569.75

Optional AccessoriesS4406 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £185.00S4407 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £185.00S4408 1 x 875nm Laser / 3 x 660nm LED probe (625mW) £1149.75S4409 36 LED diode cluster probe (900mW max) £1025.00

Technical SpecificationUltrasound Frequency 1, 2 & 3Mhz on all treatment headsTreatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10%Output power 0 - 2.0W/cm2

Timer 0 - 99 minutesElectrotherapy Carrier Frequency 4000HzOutput Selection 2 & 4 poleFrequency range 0 - 150HzOutput current 0 - 100mATimer 0 - 99 minutesOther Waveforms High voltage, Microcurrent, Russian, BiphasicLaser / Light therapy - Choice of Probe or ClusterProbe 1 x 875nm Laser

3 x 660nm LEDCombined output 625mWOutput mode Continuous

Cluster 32 x 800nm LED4 x 660nm LED

Combined output 900mW (Max)Output mode Continuous, 90%, 50%, 10%

GeneralWeight 5.9kgDimensions Width 36cm. Depth 32cm. Height 12cm.Power Requirements 220 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years

Dynatron Solaris 7081

Electrotherap

y

1



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 455


Ultrasound

A very competitively priced Dual Frequency Ultrasound, small and portablewith a range of variables. Including 3 pulsed & continuous outputs,full digital control of time, output and pause treatment facility.Features• Patented multi-frequency Ultrasound 1, and 3MHz• Duty cycles: 10%, 20%, 50%, continuous• Only 1.5kg!Standard Accessories• 5cm2 ultrasound head • Ultrasound gel• Mains lead• Operating Manual


Frequency 1 & 3MHz on all treatment headsTreatment heads 5cm2, optional 2cm2 and 10cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10%Output power 0 - 1.6W/cm2

Timer 0 - 99 minutesWeight 1.5kgDimensions Width 22cm. Depth 20cm. Height 9cm.Power Requirements 220 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years

Dynatron D150 Dual Frequency Ultrasound 1

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

1 2

S4402 Dynatron D150 £625.00

Optional AccessoriesS4403 2cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £175.00S4404 10cm2 1 & 3MHz treatment head £175.00S0411 Hard carry case with foam inserts £37.37S0535 Padded carry case £27.50

This lightweight mains powered Dual Frequency Ultrasound unit provides Ultrasound Therapy at 1 and 3MHz, with continuous or a choice of pulsed modes, Digital and built in pre-set protocols.

Features• 1 and 3MHz treatment head • Continuous and 3 pulsed settings• Wide range of commonly used Protocols preset.• 10+ Programmable memory positions

Standard Accessories• 5cm2 ultrasound head • Ultrasound gel• Mains lead• Operating Manual


Frequency 1 & 3MHzTreatment heads 1 x LargeOutput modes Continuous and pulsed - 50%, 20% and 10%Output power 0 - 2W/cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W/cm2 (Pulsed)Timer 0 - 20 minutesWeight 1.5kgDimensions Width 30cm. Depth 20cm. Height 11cm.Power Requirements 100 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 1 year

Kinetec Sonomed V Ultrasound Therapy Unit 2

09 131 2040 Sonomed Ultrasound Therapy Unit £495.00

Optional AccessoriesS0411 Hard Carry Case with Foam Inserts £37.37S0535 Padded Carry Case £27.50



057_EXPT_0449-0456:057_EXPT_0449-0456 24/11/09 09:02 Page 456

Ultrasound

457www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035

Complete unit for Stationary and Dynamic Ultrasound, Electroand Combination Therapy

HANDSFREE ULTRASOUND!StatUS™ stands for Stationary Ultra Sound and is Enraf-Nonius’revolutionary new techniqueAn effective ultrasound treatment session traditionally consists of anapplication lasting several minutes, whereby the treatment head is movedover the area. This dynamic approach is necessary due to possiblecavitation and hotspots that can occur in the tissue.Thanks to the intensity modulation of StatUS™, cavitation and hotspots nolonger occur! Keeping the ultrasound head in one place gives stimulationprecisely where it is required. As there’s no need to hold the head in place it saves you valuable time!

How does it work?StatUS™ differs from traditional ultrasound treatment in terms of two patented forms of modulation:• Duty cycle modulation• Amplitude modulationThese forms of modulation ensure intensity peaks are diminished, that the chance of cavitation is reduced and that formation of hotspots is counteracted.

How is it applied?The StatUS™ applicator fixes to the body by means of the vacuum headpiece. The therapist determines the pressure with which the StatUS™applicator is fixed. A special gel pad ensures good transference ofultrasound energy. The gel pad is held in place with a fixing ring. The vacuum pressure creates a perfect seal between the body, the gel pad and the treatment head.With the StatUS™ you can work faster, more specifically and efficiently with increased comfort for you and your patient.

StatUS™ . . . taking Ultrasound to a new level

Standard accessories• StatUS applicator (treatment head for StatUS)• Gelpad StatUS (strip of 6 pcs) • Fixation ring for gel pad StatUS (set of 3)• Mains cable • Screwdriver 6-series 022149 Sonopuls StatUS™ 692S £2995.0009 131 2024 Sonopuls StatUS™ 692VS with vacuum £3995.00Optional Accessories022079 Extra Gel Pads Pack of 48 £34.64


Current channels 2, independent, fully galvanically isolatedCurrent types 16 current types-36 variants Ultrasound 1 and 3MHz, continuous and pulsedPulse frequency 16, 48, 100HzDuty cycle 5, 10, 20, 50, 80% (pulsed) 100% (continuous) Number of US connections 2Intensity 0 - 2 W/cm2 continuous, 0 - 3 W/cm2 pulsedProgrammable positions unlimitedPre-programmed programmes 60 itemsSupply voltage 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)Dimensions 45 x 37 x 29.5cm (W x D x H)Weight 6.2kg

Sonopuls StatUS™ 692S1

NEW

CONTACT SURFACE FOR THE STATUS™APPLICATOR AND THE SPECIAL GEL PAD

Electrotherap

y

1



058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 457


Ultrasound

This portable mains powered unit provides ultrasound therapy at 1MHz.Features• 1 MHz treatment head with contact control• Continuous and pulsed ultrasound• 9 pre-programmed ProtocolsStandard Accessories• 1MHz 5cm2 ultrasound head• Utrasound gel• Mains lead • Power supply• Operating manual014819 Sonopuls 190 £695.00

This portable mains powered unit provides ultrasound therapy at 1MHz and 3MHz.Features• 1 and 3 MHz treatment head with contact control• Continuous and pulsed ultrasound• 9 pre-programmed Protocols• 10 programmable memory positions• Optional rechargeable batteryStandard Accessories• 1 & 3MHz 5cm2 ultrasound head superscript• Ultrasound gel• Mains lead • Power supply• Operating manual • Treatment guide with photographs014815 Sonopuls 490 £845.00Optional AccessoriesS1514 Enraf Sonopuls 490 / 492 Battery pack £33.06022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.0009 131 2016 Mobile Pro Padded Carry Bag £56.95

Technical Specification Technical Specification

Ultrasound Frequency 1MHzTreatment head 5cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed- 80%, 50%, 20%, 10% ,5%Output power 0 - 3W per cm2

Timer 0 - 30 minutesWeight 1.7kgDimensions Width 22cm, Depth 19.5cm, Height 22cmPower requirements 100 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years

Ultrasound Frequency 1MHz and 3MHz on all treatment heads Treatment heads 5cm2 and 1cm2

Output modes Continuous and pulsed- 50%, 20%, 10% ,5%Output power 0 - 2W per cm2 (Cont) or 0 - 3W per cm2 (pulsed)Timer 0 - 30 minutesWeight 4kgDimensions Width 28cm, Depth 29cm, Height 10.5cmPower requirements 100 - 240V 50 - 60HzWarranty (Unit) 2 years

Sonopuls 190 Single Frquency Ultrasound Sonopuls 490 Dual Frequency Ultrasound1 2

1

2

Ele

ctro

ther

apy



058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 458


Electrotherap

yInterferential & Muscle Stim

A portable interferential unit, capable of operation in 2-pole bipolar ortraditional 4-pole modes.Features• Easy to use, with full range of adjustments• 2 channels of 2 pole or 1 channel of 4 pole operation• 6 preset treatment programmes• Easy to read digital display• Rechargeable NiMH battery with up to 3 hours operation• Small and light• Belt clipStandard AccessoriesThe unit is supplied with charger, leads, electrodes, carry case andinstructions.S2350 Ultima Portable IFT Unit £179.99Optional AccessoriesS2351 Replacement lead for Ultima £6.00


Range 2 - 160 HzCarrier wave 4000 HzPeak-to-peak current 66mAWaveform True sinusoidalTreatment times 15, 30, 45 or 60 minutes with auto shut offDimensions 11.5 x 6.6 x 4.5cm.Weight 258g

Ultima Portable 2/4 Pole IFT Unit 1

Electrotherap

y


058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 459

The Endomed 182 is a complete unit for pain management with interference,pre-modulated and TENS currents. Features• Two pole interference, available over two channels• Tetrapolar interference • Isoplanar interference • Asymmetrical biphasic pulsed current (TENS) • Burst TENS • 30 pre-programmed treatment suggestions, adjustable and rewriteable. • Personalised programs• Large, crystal clear parameter displaysStandard Accessories• Rubber electrodes 6x8cm (pk 2) • Moist pads for rubber electrodes 6x8cm (pk 4)• 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps• Net adapter • Cable adapter• Patient cable• Mains cable • Operating manual014808 Endomed 182 £895.00

4-Channel unit for electrotherapyThis unit has 4 independent channels for muscle stimulation and paincontrol using TENS currents.The independent channels make it possible to treat major muscle groupssimultaneously or perform bilateral treatments at the same time. This alsomeans that this equipment is perfectly suited for sport and rehabilitation.Features• Optimum control via the graphic, illuminated LCD • Independent current channels • Detachable footrest• Many therapy possibilities• TENS currentsStandard accessories• Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs – black, purple, grey & light grey• Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (pk 2)• Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (pk 4)• 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps• Electrodes 5x9 cm, 2 mm female (pk 8)• Adaptor cable• Mains cable • Operating manual • Protocols015047 EN Stim 4 £945.00


Phase duration 10 - 1000µsPulse frequency 1 - 200HzFrequency modulation 0 - 180HzPre-programmed protocols 39Programmable positions 100, single and sequential programsType adapter ENA-1524Mains voltage 100 - 240 Volt ± 10% (50/60Hz)Dimensions 22 x 20 x 20cm (W x D x H)Weight 1.8kg

Endomed 182 EN Stim 4 1 2


Mains voltage 100 - 240 Volt ± 10% (50/60Hz)Output 15VDC 13, 4ADimensions 22 x 20 x 20cm (W x D x H)Weight 1.8 kg


Interferential & Muscle Stim

1 2Ele

ctro

ther

apy



058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 460

In the field of electrotherapy and diagnostics, the Endomed 482 can do justabout everything. As many as 18 currents can be selected and delivered viaits two-channels. It has isoplanar interference, unlike classical interference,which ensures modulation depth between the four electrodes is 100% at allpoints. This makes the placement of electrodes on the tissues less criticaland also simplifies the use of a 4-pole application.As with all Enraf-Nonius units, you can be assured of high quality andeffectiveness with the Endomed 482.Features• 18 current wave forms (low & medium frequency currents including

Interferential, Russian stimulation, TENS, Rectangular- and triangularpulsed current, Iontophoresis, 2-5 Current, Diadynamic currents)

• Variable carrier frequencies of 2, 4 or 10kHz at bi-polar interferential• Pre-programmed simple protocols• Pre-programmed sequential protocols• Pre-programmed treatment protocols enlarged with two channel applications• 10 free programmable memory positions for simple protocols• 10 free programmable memory positions for sequential protocols of 10 steps• Classical tetrapolar and isoplanar interference with or without dipole vector• Adjustable intensity per channel• Can be used with Vacotron 460 and Vacotron S• Battery optionStandard Accessories• Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - black, plus cable adapter• Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - purple• Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (pk2)• Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (pk4)• 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps • Adapter• Mains cable •Operating manual • Protocol Book015072 Endomed 482 £1545.00Optional accessoriesS1514 Battery pack £33.06022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00

Complete equipment for electrotherapyThe Endomed 682 is a versatile and highly advanced piece of equipment for electrotherapy. With its 2 channels, 16 current types and their wide rangeof settings it is highly effective in pain reduction, the restoration of tissue and the stimulation of muscles and nerve cells. Its new design features include a colour LCD screen and finger tip control,making the machine easy to use and allows quick call up of the pre-programmed protocols.Features• 16 current waveforms• Therapy Assistant (Pre-programmed protocols)• Therapy Wizard (Customisable programmes)• Colour LCD screen• Finger tip control• Vacuum optionStandard Accessories• Patient cable 2-core & 2 mm male plugs - purple, black• Rubber electrodes 6x8 cm, 2 mm female (Pack of 2)• Moist pads for rubber electrode 6x8 cm (Pack of 4)• 1m & 2.5m (3cm width) straps• Mains cable 230V017100 Endomed 682 £1795.00017101 Endomed 682V with vacuum £2795.00


Current channels 2, independent, fully galvanically isolatedCurrent types 16 current types - 36 variantsProgrammable positions unlimitedPre-programmed programmes 60 itemsNumber of vacuum 4electrode connectionsSupply voltage 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)Dimensions 39 x 37 x 24cm (W x D x H)Weight 6.2kg

Endomed 682 & 682V (with vacuum)2Endomed 4821


Current channels 2, independentType mains adapter ENA-1550Mains voltage 100 - 240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)Output voltage 15 VMax. output current 3,3 ADimensions 29 x 28 x 11cm (W x D x H)Weight 4kg


Electrotherap


1

2

ENDOMED 682


058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 461


This new digital muscle stimulator offers accurate settings, with 15 presetprograms and 3 customised programs. It is the ideal unit for quality muscle stimulation.Features• 15 preset programs• 3 user selectable programs• LCD displayStandard Accessories• Digital Muscle Stimulator • Self adhesive electrodes • Battery• Leads• Manual• Carry caseS0650 £59.99

8 Pad Digital Muscle Stimulator An exciting new product that offers 8 electrodes operated from 2 separatechannels to give greater control over muscle stimulation and the ability tostimulate larger areas.Features• Can use up to 8 Electrodes• Alternating & synchronous stimulation between channels A & B• 21 preset programmes• 3 user customisable programmes• Lock mode function for measuring home complianceStandard Accessories• 4 patient cables, 8 rubber electrodes• 8 self-adhesives electrodes• Tape• Ultrasound gel• Battery• Operating manualS1064 £109.99

Technical Specification Technical Specification

Output selection 2 ChannelOutput modes Synchronous and alternateStim ON time 2 - 60 secondsStim OFF time 2 - 60 secondsOn ramp 0.1 - 9.9 secondsPrograms 15 preset, 3 customisedPulse rate/freq Variable 2 - 100HzPulse width 50 - 450 microsecondsOutput 0-90mATimer 1 - 180 minutesBattery 1 x 9 volt battery (alkaline)Dimensions Width 6.3cm, depth 3cm, height 10.5cmWeight 72g excluding batteryWarranty 2 years - unit only

Output selection 2 ChannelFrequency range 2 - 100HzPulse width 50µS to 330µSOutput current 0 - 90 mA into 500 ohmsTimer 1 - 90 minutesWaveform mode Symmetrical, rectangular bi-phasic with zero DC currentRamp up time 0.1 - 9.9 secondsWeight 0.18kgDimensions Width 6.9cm, depth 2.9cm, height 13.4cmPower requirements 9 volt PP3 Alkaline or Nickel Metal Hydride rechargeableWarranty 2 years - unit only

NeuroTrac Sports NeuroTrac Sports XL 1 2

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


1 2

INFORMATIONSee page 503 for Pericalm, the Pelvic Floor stimulation unit.

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 462


KNEEHAB® is a unique, innovative and clinically proven* garment basedElectrical Muscular Stimulation (EMS) device. It has been designedspecifically to improve joint stability and treat quadriceps atrophy (thigh muscle wastage) resulting from a wide range of conditions affectingthe knee including ligament injury, patella dislocation, fracture, osteoarthritis and stroke.The use of KNEEHAB® can help avoid or delay surgery and where surgery is required can significantly reduce post operative rehabilitation time.

Features and Benefits of KNEEHAB®

• Carrier garment with positioning indicators: Neat & tidy with nounsightly/inconvenient cables. Indicators ensure exact and correct padplacement to ensure optimum results and maximum compliance

• Large patented anatomically shaped pads: Maximises recruitment ofcorrect muscle fibres. Ensure load dispersion and comfort

• Load sensor for increased safety: Kneehab monitors the quality of the circuit and automatically cuts off the unit if the quality of contact with skin is impaired

• Compliance monitor: Access at the touch of a button to see how many times the device has been used, total treatment time and averageintensity used

• Easy to Use: Once it has been initially set up it is just strapped on thethigh and the unit switched on

• Pre-op / Post-op Strengthening: KNEEHAB® can be used both pre and post operatively to limit muscle wastage and speed recovery

About Multipath™KNEEHAB® incorporates Multipath™,a patented breakthrough stimulationtechnology which enables KNEEHAB® todeliver highly focused, accurately coordinatedand comfortable quadriceps contractions.

MULTIPATH® ExplainedThere are two channels within MULTIPATH®.Channel 1 directly activates the VMO muscle,which is the main stabilizer of the knee.Channel 2 activates the bulk quadricepsmuscle which provides a strong, comfortableand highly effective contraction, or activationof the muscle.

021801R Right £350.00021801L Left £350.00

Optional Accessories021802 Kneehab replacement electrodes £29.67021803R Kneehab replacement garment - Right £51.07021803L Kneehab replacement garment - Left £51.07

Clinical ProofClinical research has shown EMS technology to be an effective treatment for quadriceps atrophy. Clinical evidence is available.

*Dr. H.H. Pässler (M.A.) & Dr. Sven Fiel, (M.A.), Centre for Knee and Foot Surgery, SportsTraumatology, ATOS Clinic Centre, Heidelberg, Germany: “The effectiveness of Kneehab instrengthening the quadriceps of patients rehabilitating after anterior cruciate ligamentreconstruction”, Heidelberg 2006.

KNEEHAB® Advanced therapy for Knee injuries1

Programme Table

Size Freq Contract sec Relax sec

1 50Hz 5 102 35Hz 5 53 50Hz 10 50

Electrotherap


NEW1

KNEEHAB® AT WORK

Channel 1A+B+D / C

Channel 2(Delayed)Stage 1: A / B+CStage 2: A / D

KNEEHAB at work

KNEEHAB used onsubject’s right leg

Conventional EMSused on subject’s left leg

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 463

H-Wave pain relief for: H-Wave combined therapy• Muscular spasm (2Hz, 16Hz and 60Hz) for:• Arthritis • Frozen shoulder• Acute injuries • Tennis/golfer’s elbow• Referred pain • Muscle strains• Frozen shoulder • Back, neck and knee pain• Whiplash injuries etc • Achilles tendonitis etc

H-Wave uses a signal that is natural to the human body. It emulates theH waveform found in nerve signals (Hoffman Reflex) and therefore enablesgreater and deeper penetration of a low frequency current, whilst usingsignificantly less power than other machines.H-Wave, being natural to the human body, is accepted more readily and sorequires less current to stimulate muscle. Furthermore, because of thenatural wave-form of the signal, H-Wave allows you to inject 2 or 3 signalsof different frequencies and amplitudes simultaneously, unlike most otherelectrotherapy modalities.H-Wave used at 60Hz (equivalent to 120Hz TENS mode) acts as ananalgesic/anaesthetic. At 2Hz, muscle stimulation is activated, which is themain form of treatment. Muscle stimulation increases blood flow around theinjury site promoting healing and also reduces oedema by encouragingdrainage of the lymphatic system.H-Wave has been proved to be very successful in treating most conditionswhich have been traditionally treated by electrotherapy. However, it isparticularly successful in dealing with difficult conditions such as amputationof diabetics whose poor circulation prevents rapid healing.

S0661 6 Pad Human H-Wave £1995.00S0660 4 Pad Human H-Wave £1425.00S0260 4 Pad VET-Wave with carry bag £1425.00

There is no difference between the 4 pad Human H-Wave and the 4 pad Vet-Wave. The operation manual for the Vet-Wave is specific to horses,otherwise the electronics and box are exactly the same. The Vet-Wave alsocomes with a carrying case for field work.

Standard AccessoriesThe Human H-Waves are supplied complete with:• Human operating manual• Patient leads• Charger• Self-adhesive electrodes• Electro-mist

The Vet-Wave is supplied complete with:• Vet operating manual• Carry bag• Patient leads• Charger• Self-adhesive electrodes

H-Wave 1


Output selection 4 pad-2 Channel, 6 pad-3 ChannelFrequency range 2 - 60HzMax current (1K load) 10mA rms (max. amplitude/max. frequency)Max voltage (1 k load) 10V rms (max. amplitude/max. frequency)Timer 1 - 20 minutes or continuousWaveform mode Exponential decaying wave form BipolarWeight 4 pad - 2kg / 6 pad - 6kgDimensions 4 pad - width 18.5cm, depth 18.5cm, height 6.5cm

6 pad - width 29cm, depth 28cm, height 14cmPower requirements Battery operated. Approximately 13 V DC (fully charged)

re-chargeable batteryWarranty 1 year - unit only



4 PAD H-WAVE

6 PAD H-WAVE

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

058_EXPT_0457-0464:058_EXPT_0457-0464 23/11/09 18:19 Page 464

FOR SERVICE AND REPAIR

Ask about our . . .

Second Hand Equipment,

Trade-In Deals and Equipment Hire

We offer

Flexible maintenance visits for preventative, safety and performance testing and repair

Full quotations provided

For unscheduled maintenance and repair

Ask yourself

Is your equipment safe to use?

Are you putting patient safety at risk?

Does your equipment deliver the correct dosage?

Please contact Customer Services for more information

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 26/11/09 16:19 Page 465


Neurostimulation

InterX® TherapyA unique combination of Neurostimulation, Massage,Myofascial Release, Therapeutic Exercise and TriggerPoint Therapy

What is InterX®?• Non-invasive Interactive Neurostimulation delivered through

fixed electrodes of the handheld portable device• Used by doctors and therapists for the treatment of acute and

chronic pain• Returns patients to active rehabilitation and full function in

optimal time

What is InterX® used for?Evidence based applications for:• Post surgical rehabilitation• Chronic neuropathic pain• Sports injury rehabilitation • Chronic musculoskeletal conditions• Statistical analysis of double blinded, randomised, controlled

clinical trials has shown significant results in reduced pain,reduced medication intake, increased range of motion (ROM)and reduced inflammation

How does InterX® work?InterX delivers interactive, high amplitude, high densitystimulation to the cutaneous nerves, activating the body’s natural pain relieving mechanisms (segmental and descendinginhibition). Research suggests that high amplitude stimulationmay also activate autonomic responses and point specificity may activate an anti-inflammatory mechanism mediated byperipheral opioids

How is InterX® therapy applied?The design and interactive waveform allow the therapist to deliver patient specific treatments and enables an entirelydifferent treatment approach. Treatment can be applied locally, or to the dermatomes, the face and scalp and directly over the spine using the Scan, Target, Dynamic protocols:

SCANIdentify optimal treatment points (points of low impedance)

TARGETDeliver focused, high amplitude stimulation to those points

DYNAMICPerform range of motion, flexibility and resistance exercise whiletreating points of pain

What makes InterX® Therapy differentfrom other E-stim devices?• The ability to scan the skin, identify optimal treatment points

and provide high quality targeted treatment exactly where it is needed is unique to this technology

• The parameters of each individual pulse delivered are set by the tissue being treated. These parameters changedynamically in response to the changes in theelectrophysiology of the tissue

• Its variable, Interactive Waveform and Short TreatmentProtocols discourages the body’s natural tendency towardstolerance ensuring InterX® continues to be effective

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

NEWRANGE

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 466


Neurostimulation

• Specifically designed for the management of chronic and acute pain, aswell as rehabilitation from injury.

• Stainless steel fixed concentric electrodes• Constant current device• Graphic display with simple selection navigation and selection• Preset stimulation patterns• Effective treatment times from 5 to 30 minutes• Fully portable, battery operated, weighing only 315g• Minimal set-up time, no skin preparation and no gel needed.• No calibration required021765 InterX® 5002 £2495.00

Optional AccessoriesA range of accessory electrodes allow for InterX® therapy to be easilyapplied on small or large areas (small circular, small classic and domeelectrodes) areas of dense body hair (comb electrode) as well as providingunattended treatment options (Flexible Array Electrodes). The Soft Tissueelectrode can be used for myofascial release techniques and soft tissue work.

021767 Classic Electrode £104.50021768 Small Circular electrode £104.50021769 Comb Electrode £104.50021770 Soft Tissue Electrode £192.50021771 Dome Electrode Kit £192.50021772 4x4 Flexible Array Electrode Kit £330.00021773 3x3 Dual Flexible Array Electrode Kit £330.00021774 Professional Device Holster £16.49021775 Personal Device Pouch £16.49021776 Professional Carry Case £38.49021777 Utility Bag small £18.69


InterX® 5002 InterX® 1000Size 220 x 60 x 45mm 215 x 52 x 43mmWeight 315g 185gPower source 4AA alkaline batteries 2AA alkaline batteriesPulse duration 10-500µsec 10-500µsecPulse frequency 15-350Hz 15-350HzOutput voltage 20-450v 20-450vOutput current 2-90mA 2-90mAWaveform pulsed, damped pulsed, damped

biphasic sinusoidal biphasic sinusoidalWarranty 1 year 1 year

InterX® 5002 Kit1

For personal treatment & management of pain021766 InterX® 1000 £550.00

Training programmes are available by interactive web linkClinical trial data is available, please see www.nrg-unlimited.com for details

InterX® 1000 Kit2

1

2

Electrotherap

y

COMB ELECTRODE

DOME ELECTRODE

4 x 4 FLEXIBLE ARRAY ELECTRODE

SOFT TISSUE ELECTRODE

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 467


Ele

ctro

ther

apy

Biofeedback

The Stabilizer designed by physical therapists, is a simple devicewhich registers changing pressure in an air filled pressure cell.The Stabilizer is principally used for exercises that focus on theprotection and stabilisation of joints. Research has shown thesetypes of exercises are especially important for the prevention andtreatment of low back and neck pain. The Stabilizer is used tomonitor and provide feedback on body movementduring exercise. 90 days warranty on bag.S0232 £69.00

The Peritone is a single channel EMG biofeedback device. It canbe used in a variety of applications including patella femoralpain, chronic tension headache, asthma, phantom limb pain,incontinence, lower back pain, RSI, pelvic pain, neck andshoulder pain, spinal conditions to name but a few. Its simpledesign and ease of use make it excellent for both clinic andhome treatmentsFeatures• Accurate and sensitive - measures activity down to as low as

0.2µv and as high as 2000µv• LEDs display EMG level clearly and easily • LCD displays numerical EMG reading and work/rest countdown• After each session statistics can be reviewed (includes work

and rest averages, average onset of muscle contraction andmuscle release)

• Lock mode function for recording time in use, statistics andlocking the units parameters

• Low cost, high quality and very accurate• Used with self adhesive electrodes, Periform®+ or Anuform®

(not included)• Optional software availableStandard Accessories• Patient cable• Reference cable• Battery• User manual• Stand to hold unit upright during use • Soft carry case021848 £112.99

Additional Accessories021849 Peritone Software £262.50With the help of optional software Peritone produces and printscomprehensive patient progress reports for all key parameters,such as work/rest averages, onset contractions, muscle releasetimes, peak values and work/rest average deviations• Microsoft Vista compatible• New software receives EMG data via the new Fibre Optic toUSB adapter012571 Self Adhesive electrodes 5 x 5cm (pk 4). £1.95

For other electrodes see page 479.021972 Periform®+ Intra vaginal probe £12.20013920 Spare patient cable £4.49


Range 0.2-2000µvSensitivity 0.1µv RMSWork rest periods 2-99 secNo of trials 1-99Unit dimensions 128.5 x 64 x 28.3mmWeight 0.15kg

Stabilizer Pressure Bio-Feedback

Peritone EMG Biofeedback Unit

11

2

2


059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 468


CombiStim XP® is the latest device for the treatment ofincontinence. Easy to use, flexible and very effective,CombiStim XP® combines the benefits of EMS and EMG in one device. Depending on the patient’s specific needs,CombiStim XP® can be used as • a pure Biofeedback device • a pure Muscle Stimulator • a Combined Biofeedback/Muscle Stimulation device which

automatically contracts the patient’s pelvic floor muscles onachievement of a preset manual contraction target.

CombiStim XP® comes with 7 programmes including an openEMS programme where the clinician can choose and set desiredstimulation parameters.

CombistimXP® Biofeedbackand Muscle Stimulation Unit

1

Software Features• Patient Database• EMG Work/Rest Assessment• EMG template Assessment• ETS Assessment• Patient Clinical Report• Patient’s home Compliance Report022023 £399.00

CombistimXP® Software2

Program Indication

1 ETS (EMG Triggered Stimulation) 2 EMG and EMS alternating3 EMG Biofeedback4 EMS - Stress Incontinence5 EMS - Urge Incontinence6 EMS - Mixed Incontinence7 Open EMS Program

BiofeedbackE

lectrotherapy

PATIENT’S DATABASE EMG WORK/REST ASSESSMENT

EMG TEMPLATE ASSESSMENT ETS ASSESSMENT

PATIENT’S CLINICAL REPORTPATIENT’S HOME

COMPLIANCE REPORT

Features• Single Channel• 3 treatment options, 7 programmes• Clear LED display• Audio and visual biofeedback019232 £350.00

1

1

2

COMBISTIM PACK

INFORMATIONFor use with Anuform and Periform+.Please see pages 500 to 501 for details.

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 469


Biofeedback

Clinical unit for EMG biofeedback, Pressure Biofeedback andElectrotherapyThe Myomed 632 has functions for biofeedback, pressure biofeedback andcombination with electrotherapy. Several surface or internal electrodes canbe connected. This makes the unit extremely suitable for all kinds of exerciseand relaxation therapies related to muscle re-education, including pelvicfloor re-education.Features• 2 Channel EMG

Independently operating channels allows 2 EMG signals to be measuredat the same time. The feedback is visual and/or auditive.

• 1 Channel Pressure BiofeedbackPressure changes are measured by means of an anal or vaginal pressure probe. These pressure changes are the result of contractions of the pelvic floor muscles. Information to the therapist and patient ispresented in the same way as with EMG-feedback.

• 3 different feedback modes• Continuous• Work/rest• Template

• ElectrotherapyWith 16 different current forms, the Myomed 632 is the completeelectrotherapy unit

• EMG Combined with ElectrotherapyActive and passive therapy can be fully integrated using EMG withelectrotherapy (EMG triggered stimulation). The therapist decides whether EMG and stimulation occurs simultaneously, alternating or based on a pre-set threshold.

• Graphical display and EMG/Pressure analysis featureThis unit can be extended with other functional modules includingtherapeutic ultrasound and vacuum. Contact us for more detailsStandard accessories • User manual • EMG Cable • Cable for reference electrode for EMG• Dummy plug • Moist pads for rubber electrode 6 x 8cm, set of 4 • Mains cable 230V • Rubber electrodes 6 x 8cm, 2mm female, 2 x 2 pc• Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - black • Patient cable 2-core & 2mm male plugs - purple • Strap 250 x 3cm • Strap 100 x 3cm022030 Myomed 632 £3295.00

Optional Accessories015121 Cable for connecting Periform/Anuform £49.6909 131 1869 EN-Pointer electrode £49.6909 131 1877 Snap-connector, 2mm female, 3 pcs £9.5009 131 1885 Pregelled disposable electrodes, 25 pcs £27.0009 131 1893 Anal pressure sensor £240.0009 131 1901 Vaginal pressure sensor, 6 pcs £270.0009 131 1919 Connecting cable for vaginal pressure probe, £42.00

incl. air-inlet and syringe09 131 1927 Connecting cable for anal pressure probe £42.0009 131 1935 Connecting hose for vaginal pressure sensor £42.0009 131 1943 Vaginal pressure sensor CD, 6 pcs £270.0009 131 1950 Ultrasound module for 6-series £650.0009 131 1968 Module for remote LCD display function £450.00

(Myocombox)

Myomed 632 1

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

NEW


EMG-feedback 2 channels, independentPressure-feedback 1 channelCombination 1 channel EMG, 1 channel pressureEMG/pressure-feedbackEMG range 4-10.000 µV and logarithmicallyPressure range 0-360 hPaCurrent channels 2, independent, fully galvanically isolatedCurrent types 16 current types-36 variants Pre-programmed programmes 60Number of vacuum 4electrode connectionsSupply voltage 100-240 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)Dimensions 39 x 37 x 24cm (WxDxH)Weight 6.2 kg


059_EXPT_0465-0472:Layout 1 1/12/09 14:15 Page 470


Laser

This battery powered laser therapy unit is ideal for portable use and clinicuse with a unique program system that allows you to select 10 differentpreset protocols. With an output of 5mW @ 670nm it is ideal for superficialsports injuries and wounds.Features• 10 preset protocols

• Continuous and pulsed output

• Uses 2 AA batteries

Standard accessoriesThis unit is supplied with a control unit, probe, protocol key, operating instructions, treatment guide & hard carry case.

09 131 2032 Laser Therapy Unit with 670nm 5mW probe £495.00

Kinetec Portable Low Level Laser System - 670nm / 5mW1

NEW


Base Unit Battery operatedClass 3AOutput Modes Continuous and pulsedOutput Power 5mWTimer Linked to protocolWeight Base & Probe <400gDimensions Base: Width 6cm, Depth 3cm, Height 14cm

Probe: Length 17.5cm, 2.5cm DiameterPower Requirements 2 x AA BatteryWarranty Unit 1 Year

This battery powered laser therapy unit is ideal for portable use & clinic usewith a unique program system that allows you to select 10 different presetprotocols. With an output of 160mW @ 830nm it is ideal for musculoskeletal injuriesand pain relief etc.Features• 10 preset protocols

• Continuous and pulsed output

• Uses 2 AA batteries

Standard accessoriesThis unit is supplied with a control unit, probe 830nm 160mW , protocol key,operating instructions, treatment guide, hard carry case and 2 pairs ofProtective glasses.

09 131 2057 Laser Therapy Unit with 830nm 160mW probe £1495.00

Kinetec Portable Low Level Laser System - 830nm / 160mW2


Base Unit Battery operatedClass 3BOutput Modes Continuous and pulsedOutput Power 160mWTimer Linked to protocolWeight Base & Probe <400gDimensions Base: Width 6cm, Depth 3cm, Height 14cm

Probe: Length 17.5cm, 2.5cm DiameterPower Requirements 2 x AA BatteryWarranty Unit 1 Year

Electrotherap

y

2 PAIRS SUPPLIED WITH830nm VERSION ONLY

21

059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 471


Laser

The Endolaser 422 is an advanced and modern designed unit for lasertherapy with interchangeable laser probes. Laser therapy, also known asphotobiomodulation, low level laser therapy (LLLT), cold laser therapy, and as laser biostimulation is an effective method for: • Pain management • Wound healing • Soft tissue injury treatment • Nerve regeneration • Skin treatment• Cosmetic regenerationLaser is applied to the anatomical region of interest by means of a diode probe. This application can be static and very localized or dynamic for larger regions. A general treatment only takes a few minutes. Features• 2 channel unit• Automatically calculates dosage• Over 80 pre-programmed treatment protocols• Customisable programmes• Laser test – allows for easy verification of the laser probe• Choice of single and cluster probes

Being an Enraf-Nonius product, the Endolaser 422 is of high quality andgood design and you can be assured of years of excellent functioning and effectiveness. Standard Accessories• Mains cable• Protective goggles x 2• Operating manual017685 Endolaser 422 £995.000Optional Accessories017682 25mW, pulsed single laser diode £695.00017681 100mW, pulsed single laser diode £1295.00017680 500mW, continuous single laser diode £1495.00017679 400mW, pulsed cluster (4) laser diodes £1595.00010118 Replacement Safety goggles £26.50022094 Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays £199.00

The 500mw single diode is ideal for the treatment of small surface areas. It features an 808nm wavelength and has a 500mw output.This laser diode is ideal for muscular skeletal conditions, pain relief andmany outpatient laser applications including treating very deep conditions.

The 400mw cluster diode is ideal for the treatment of larger surface areas. It features a 905nm wavelength and has a 400mw output. This laser diode is ideal for muscular skeletal conditions, pain relief and many outpatientlaser applications.

Endolaser 4221

500mW with 1 laser diode 808nmA

1 A

B


Mains voltage 230vac 50-60Hz ± 15%115 vac 50-60Hz ± 15%

Max power consumption 15VADouble fuse protection 250mA Rit 5x20mmPlug for Interlock/safety key (contacts normally closed)Programmable treatment time up to 60minsDiode laser wavelength for 25,100, 400mW pulsed diode 905nmDiode laser wavelength for 500mW continuous laser diode 808nmLaser classification 3BMax permissible exposure 5032.06J.m-2Accessible emission limit 77.1mW (class 3B)Divergence 107mradNOHD (Nominal ocular hazard area) direct light 2.89mNOHD diffused light 0mIR Radiation sensor for external laser probe on front panelProgrammable impulse frequency 10-10,000HzDuty cycle, (only avail with continuous laser diodes) 10-9900HzIndependent output channels 2Pre-programmed protocols 82Free programmable positions 50Plastic desktop container dimension (lxhxd) 29 x 28 x 11.5cmWeight of machine body 3.2kg

400mW Clusterprobe with 4 laser diodesB

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

472

For laser combined with Electrotherapy and Ultrasound see the Dynatron Solaris 708 on page 455.


059_EXPT_0465-0472:059_EXPT_0465-0472 23/11/09 18:20 Page 472

Shortwave

Shortwave therapy operates at approximately 27MHz. At thisfrequency, electromagnetic energy is converted to thermalenergy by the induction of circulating currents in the tissue anddielectric absorption in insulating tissue. Shortwave therapybenefits include the encouragement of healing, pain relief,reduction of muscle spasm and increase in mobility.This new pulsed shortwave offers a wide range of pulsefrequencies and pulse widths and a large range of applicators,rigid or malleable. The malleable electrodes are enclosed withinfelt making application simple, with straps to secure to joints etc.Rigid electrodes are supplied as standard with the unit, plus achoice of 2 sized Inductive applicators to offer the widest rangeof treatments possible.Features• Large graphic screen• 28 memory slots for frequently used treatments• Fully screened to shield Therapist and other equipmentStandard Accessories• 2 x Condenser electrodes (135mm)• Test tube• Treatment guide• User manualS1710 PSW-180 Shortwave Unit £2750.00

Optional AccessoriesS1711 Inductive applicator 70mm £204.75S1712 Inductive applicator 135mm £309.75S1714 Condenser electrode 70mm £103.95S1715 Rubber pad electrodes with built in felt £204.75

165 x 165mm (pair)S1717 Rubber pad electrodes with built in felt £220.50

165 x 280mm (pair)S1719 Induction cable £207.90

PSW-180 Shortwave Unit 1


Frequency 27.12MHzPulse frequency 25 - 900Hz adjustable 10 stepsPulse width 0.65 - 15.2ms adjustable 10 stepsMemory programs 28Gross weight approx 26kgsDimensions 835mm(H) X 380(W) X 320(D)mmInductive electrodes 70mm and 135mmCondenser electrodes 70mm and 135mmRubber pad electrodes Medium & large Power output 5-80 watts


Electrotherap

y

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:20 Page 473


ShortwaveE

lect

roth

erap

y

Pulsed ShortwaveThe Curapuls 670 is provided with two outlets so that twoelectrodes can be used simultaneously. Both outlets haveindependently adjustable pulse width and peak (average) power.Usually the Curapuls 670 is used a-thermally but thermal effectscan also be achieved by long pulse times and high pulserepetition frequencies.CircuplodesThe 3 advanced induction-electrodes have been developed forthe Curapuls 670. They are provided with a Faraday screen thateliminates capacitive effects to give a virtually pure magneticfield. This means no energy is absorbed in superficial fattytissues, so optimum treatments of deeper-lying tissues isobtained. This is in contrast to conventional inductive electrodes,in which the transfer of energy is limited by the capacitivecurrents in superficial fatty tissues. • Circuplode Ø 9 cm; for the treatment of small body parts such

as wrist and ankle joints

• Circuplode Ø 14 cm; for the treatment of lager body parts suchas hip and shoulder joints

• Circuplode-E; for the treatment of large body parts such asknee joints and oblong muscles. The Circuplode-E cangenerate a frequency of 800 Hz. Ideal for thermal treatment.

The Curapuls 670 has a Power Indicator. If there is insufficient orno loss on a Circuplode, the unit senses this. The power isautomatically reduced to a very low level until the load conditionis corrected. This feature controls the energy transfer to thepatient. Another unique feature is that the actual transferredpower is displayed. Features• Adjustable peak power (maximum 200 Watt)

• Adjustable pulse width and frequency

• Conveniently arranged display – user friendly & functional

• 50 Pre-programmed treatment suggestions

• 25 Free programmable memory positions

• Special induction-electrodes

• Power indicator

• Actual power transfer indicator

• Adjustable electrode arms

Standard Accessories• Electrode arm white for Curapuls 670 & 970

• Cable clamp

• Circuplode Ø 140 mm, 670

• Induction electrode for the treatment of lager body parts suchas hip and shoulder joints

• Mains cable 230V


014807 Curapuls 670 £3495.00

Optional Accessories 015000 Circuplode Ø 9 cm, 670 £495.00015060 Circuplode-E, 670 £493.90015420 Fixed height wooden couch, lifting back £395.00

Curapuls 6701


Frequency 27.12 MHz (± 0.6%)Channels 2Pulse power 0-200 W (± 20%) into 50 ohmAverage power 0-64 W (± 20%) into 50 ohmTreatment time 0-30 minutes Mains voltage 110-120 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)Power consumption max 1.6 A (230 V)Dimensions 39x40x93 cm (WxDxH) Weight (unit) 45 kg (excluding arm)Electrode arm 2.5 kg


060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:20 Page 474


ShortwaveE

lectrotherapy

Continuous & Pulsed Shortwave The continuously adjustable intensity and the output of 400 Wattprovides optimum application possibilities. Continuous shortwavetherapy increases the circulation and stimulates the metabolism.The pulsed peak power can be set to a maximum of 1000 Watts.The related average power is, however, much lower. Biologicalprocesses which should not be heat-treated, can therefore betreated a-thermally.Pulsed mode effects Besides the well known effects of heat therapy with continuousradiation, the unit’s pulsed mode will stimulate wound healing,oedema- and haematoma absorption, pain reduction andstimulation of the peripheral circulation. Electrodes An electrical field can be created with the disc electrodes or therubber electrodes. There is a wide range of capacitiveelectrodes, dependent on the body part to be treated. Amagnetic field can be created with the Circuplode or with theFlexiplode. FlexiplodeThis induction electrode is well suited to treatment of deeperlying tissues. Its treatment planes can be adjusted to fit the bodypart. Its large surface totalling 412x225mm allows for larger bodyparts to be treated in one application.Features • Conveniently arranged display – user friendly & functional

• Wide range of disc & flexible rubber electrodes

• 4 large castors, 2 lockable – easy to move and immobilise

• Adjustable electrode arms

Standard Accessories• 2 Electrode arms, white for Curapuls 670 & 970

• 2 Electrode cables

• 2 Cable clamps

• Disc electrode Ø 130 mm

• Neon check light


014809 Curapuls 970 £4750.00

Optional Accessories015058 Two way plug for multi-electrode technique £126.80015036 Electrode arm (white) £347.29017457 Electrode cable for 970 £126.39015029 Neon check light £24.15015035 Cable clamp £6.55015420 Fixed height wooden couch, lifting back £395.00

Electrodes 015028 Circuplode Ø 140mm for 970 £495.00015001 Flexiplode for 970 £495.00015046 Disc electrode Ø 42mm for 970 £62.95015002 Disc electrode Ø 85mm for 970 £87.10015061 Disc electrode Ø 130mm for 970 £99.70015076 Flexible rubber electrode 9.5x10cm for 970 £52.45015077 Flexible rubber electrode 12x12cm for 970 £60.85015078 Flexible rubber electrode 15x25cm for 970 £73.45

Felt Spacers015083 10.5x5cm for Flexible rubber electrode 9.5x10cm £11.30015082 13x17cm for Flexible rubber electrode 12x12cm £12.60015081 16x30cm for Flexible rubber electrode 15x25cm £15.05

Curapuls 9701


Generator frequency 27.12 MHz, ± 0.6%Output power: Continous HF max 400WOutput power: Pulsed HF max 1000W (peak) Pulse duration ca. 400 µsPulse repetition frequency 15-200 Hz adjustable in 10 stepsMains supply 220-240 V / 50 HzMains voltage variation max. ± 10%Current consumption max. 6 A (at 230 V)Dimensions 56x43x92.5 cm (WxDxH, without arms)Length electrode arms 93 cmWeight ca. 80 kg


060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:20 Page 475

476

Shockwave Therapy

PiezoWaveShockwave therapyThe new, highly efficient, non-surgicaltreatment of chronic pain in themusculoskeletal system The PiezoWave combines extracorporeal shockwave therapy (ESWT) applications with triggerpoint shock wave therapy (TPST) applications.Extracorporeal shock waves have been usedsuccessfully in the treatment of chronic pain sincethe early '90s. The PiezoWave offers a significantexpansion of the range of applications formyofascial pain syndrome. The extracorporeal,focused shock wave allows precise diagnosis andtherapy of active and latent trigger points. Triggerpoints are thickened, pain-sensitive points within ausually tense muscle. They can cause a variety ofpains – even well away from their own location.

How does extracorporeal shockwave therapy work?The Piezowave generates sound waves with highenergy (extracorporeal) based on the piezoelectricprinciple. These waves are passed into the bodythrough gel filled cushions. The patient feels theshort pulses and helps the clinician to direct theshock waves to the point where the most painis felt. Treatment is gentle and takes up to15 minutes. Approximately 3 treatments arenecessary at intervals of 1 to 2 weeks.

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


018836 Shockwave Unit £15995.00

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:20 Page 476

477

Shockwave Therapy

Focused Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy- ESWTApplicationsThe Piezowave ESWT unit is used to treat chronic painparticularly in the transitional regions between tendons and boneand in muscle attachments in:• Radial/ulnar epicondylitis

• Patellar tendinopathy

• Plantar fascilitis with or without heal spurs

• Tendinosis calcarea (shoulder)

• Adhesive capsulitis (frozen shoulder)

• Pseudoarthrosis

Advantages in ESWT• High, clearly defined penetration depth

• Highly accurate treatment

• Maximum energy directly in the treatment area

• Low risk of haematoma

• Practically no skin irritation

• Small design, portable, compact unit

• Practically maintenance free

Trigger Point Shock Wave Therapy – TPSTApplicationsThe extracorporeal, focused shock wave allows both the therapyand the precise localisation of active and latent trigger points.The trigger is excited by the small focus point of the PiezoWave.This allows precise localisation without palpation that is oftenpainful for the patient. TPST is used to treat chronic pain particularly in transitionalregions between tendons and bone and in muscle attachmentsin the:• Neck

• Shoulder

• Back

• Buttock

• Knee

Advantages in TPST• Mobile and focused ESWT system

• Deep penetration up to 40mm

• Treatment with a pulse frequency up to 8Hz

• Precise localisation of trigger points

• Low risk haematoma

• Broad range of applications

• Individual therapy options

• Long working life – extremely economical

Combined advantages of ESWT & TPST• Wide range of applications

• Outpatient treatment is fast and gentle

• Only 1 to 3 sessions necessary

• Fast alleviation of pain

• Success in alleviating or eliminating pain has beendocumented in up to 85% of cases

Research and studies relating to the effectiveness of treatmentsare available.

Electrotherap

y

www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:20 Page 477


Electrotherapy Accessories

220271 30mm side entry suction cup small £12.60

S0084 65mm side entry suction cup medium £19.00

S0083 95mm side entry suction cup large £21.00C

B

A

Vacuum Electrodes1

220275 28mm dia for 30mm suction cup £0.70

220045 58mm dia for 65mm suction cup £1.20

220046 77mm dia for 95mm suction cup £1.35S0089 87mm dia for 95mm top entry suction cup £1.45

C

B

A

Vacuum Sponges2

S0524 (Blue/blue end) 4mm socket £19.00

S0525 (red/red end) 4mm socket £19.00

220035 4mm plug / 4mm socket white £36.75

220229 4mm plug / 4mm socket red £36.75

B

D

C

A

Suction Leads3

Enraf Range

015020 4 x 6cm, 4mm female, set of 2 £29.81





014992 8 x 12cm, 2mm female, set of 2 £26.44Universal Range 4mm shrouded female socket electrode

S0438 4 x 6cm (black) £12.50S0440 6 x 8cm (black) £14.50S0442 8 x 12cm (black) £16.50S0439 4 x 6cm (red) £12.50S0441 6 x 8cm (red) £14.50S0443 8 x 12cm (red) £16.50Universal Range 4mm plug electrode

S3100 4 x 6cm (black) £12.50S3101 6 x 8cm (black) £14.50S3102 8 x 12cm (black) £16.50S3103 4 x 6cm (red) £12.50S3104 6 x 8cm (red) £14.50S3105 8 x 12cm (red) £16.50

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Flexible Conductive Rubber Electrodes4

S0095 Glove sponge for 4 x 6cm electrodes £1.35



S0370 Glove sponge for 3" (77mm) electrodes £1.57

S0371 Glove sponge for 2" (50mm) electrodes £1.05E

D

C

B

A

Rubber Electrode Sponge Covers5

A range of mobile electrodes that are insulated on one side sotherefore can be moved during treatment to obtain the bestposition for treatment and for scanning over muscle.

S0067 3" (77mm) round black, 2mm socket £12.00

S0068 3" (77mm) round red, 2mm socket £12.00

S0069 2" (50mm) round black, 2mm socket £9.45

S0070 2" (50mm) round red, 2mm socket £9.45

S0071 4x5cm black, 2mm socket £7.88C

B

A

Mobile Electrodes6

S4410 Patient lead red £16.95S4411 Patient lead black £16.95

Dynatronics Patient leads - for 850 & Solaris7

1

3

4

5

2

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

6 7

A

A

A

A B C

AEBDC

BC

B C D

ED

F

B C A B C

G

H

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:21 Page 478



09 120 3231 £12.20

Internal Electrodes: Periform+1

Intra-anal probe. Revolutionary shape allows for morecomfortable stimulation and improved biofeedback. Also approved for vaginal use.09 120 3249 £15.79

Internal Electrodes: Anuform2

For converting lead wires to accept different sized electrodes &self adhesive electrodes

015073 2mm female to 4mm male Adaptor, black £4.95015074 2mm female to 4mm male Adaptor, red £4.95

S0080 4mm to 2mm Adaptor £6.97B

A

Adaptors3

These Straps are ideal for use on electrotherapy electrodes, icepacks and hot packs. They are manufactured from washableelasticated material with self-fastening velcro hooks.S0096 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 50cm £3.52220051 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 90cm £4.15S0098 Velcro Strap 7.5 x 120cm £5.62S0099 Velcro Strap 10 x 50cm £3.52220054 Velcro Strap 10 x 90cm £5.20S0101 Velcro Strap 10 x 120cm £6.67

Velcro Straps4

Nylatex® wraps are made from a stretchable, laminated loopmaterial that is ideal for holding electrodes in place, ensuringgood contact. Pack of 3.2945 6 x 61cm £21.37294501 6 x 45cm £17.26294502 6 x 91cm £25.49294503 6 x 122cm £18.80294504 10 x 45cm £23.84294505 10 x 91cm £33.78294506 10 x 122cm £41.96294507 15 x 45cm £30.37294508 15 x 91cm £41.96294509 15 x 122cm £52.41294510 Assorted pack of 8, includes one £86.48

of each size except 6 x 61cm

Nylatex® Straps5

Suitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications • Reusable, comfortable and long lasting • Offers optimal conductivity and adherence to the skin• Low allergy gel reduces skin irritation• Current disperses evenly across the electrode eliminating

hot spots• New carbon wire construction reduces interference for EMG

applications

012574 30mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) £2.57012575 50mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) £3.78

012572 50 x 90mm (Pack of 4) £4.19221958 50 x 100mm (Pack of 4) £2.95

012571 50 x 50mm (Pack of 4) £1.95C

B

A

Self Adhesive Electrodes6

Highest quality range of flexible yet strong self-adhesiveelectrodes with a unique silver printed conductor. They are easyto remove and extremely durable.

S0034 30mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) £6.95

S0035 50 x 50mm (Pack of 4) £6.95

S0036 50mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) £6.95

S0037 50 x 90mm (Pack of 4) £7.99S0038 70mm Dia. Round (Pack of 4) £8.99

D

C

B

A

Durastick II Electrodes 7

1

3 4

5

6

7 7

7 7

2

B

A

B

C

A

A B

C D

Electrotherap

y

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:21 Page 479

480


Aquasonic® 100 is the most widely used gel for diagnostic and therapeutic medical ultrasound. Recommended for allprocedures where a viscous gel is required. Hypoallergenic,bacteriostatic and non-sensitising, this gel will not stain clothes,damage transducers or irritate skin.303101 1 Litre £10.17303102 5 Litre £16.98

Aquasonic® 100 Ultrasound Gel1

5 litres of Ultrasound Gel supplied in a clear Eko Bag with a built-in handle for ease of carrying. Each container is alsosupplied with a free 250ml empty bottle, and also a nozzle that screws onto the neck to make it easier to decant.The packaging is much softer than the original cubitainer, making it more economical as every last drop can be squeezedout and also, once empty, the bag can be rolled up for easy andefficient disposal.220015 £9.40

Ultrasound Gel 5ltr - Eko Bag 2

This ultrasound gel is water-soluble and will not irritate tissue ordamage the ultrasound head.

009850 5ltr non rigid container £10.97+ free empty 250ml bottle

009731 250ml bottle £1.38

S0057 1ltr bottle £3.95S0058 250ml empty bottles x 10 £0.58

S0259 Pump dispenser to fit 5ltr gel container £8.35C

B

A

Mobilis Rolyan Ultrasound Gel 3

Ideal for use with muscle stimulators, TENS etc. It will notbreakdown or irritate. Available in three sizes. S0214 60ml Lectron gel £1.58S0590 90ml Lectron gel £1.94S0591 250ml Lectron gel £2.47

Lectron II Electrode Gel4

This high Conductive Gel is excellent for problem applicationssuch as treatment through hair, especially useful in animaltherapy.220078 £3.15

High Conductive Gel 250ml5

A 2cm x 9cm aqueous, flexible, disposable ultrasound standofffor use in difficult to visualize and near field areas, or when gelsalone won't do. Disposability eliminates the risk of crosscontamination in diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasoundprocedures. Features:• Requires no gel, except in prolonged procedures

• Requires only gentle, even pressure

• Disposable

• Cushions sensitive areas

• Hypoallergenic, bacteriostatic

3043B Single Pad £9.993043A Box of 6 £49.00

Aquaflex Ultrasound Gel Pad6

These wipes are designed to disinfect hard surfaces, ultrasoundapplicators and couches etc. They contain a 70% w/w IsopropylAlcohol solution which is active against grampositive and gram-negative bacteria as well as most viruses including Salmonella,Listeria, E.coli, TB, HIV and MRSA.

S0922 Pocket Packet 70 £2.00(wipe size 70mm x 130mm - 70 wipes per pack)

S0923 Container 100 £2.89(wipe size 130mm x 180mm - 100 wipes per container)

B

A

Disinfectant wipes 7

1

4 5

2

6 7

3 3 3

A

A B

B C


Ele

ctro

ther

apy

060_EXPT_0473-0480:060_EXPT_0473-0480 23/11/09 18:21 Page 480



This new trolley is perfect for any of the Enraf 4 series equipmentto sit on. The trolley has a 250ml ultrasound gel holder andlockable castors. Height 900mm. Width 430mm. Depth 400mm.022094 £199.00

Trolley for Enraf 4 Series with trays 1

With drawer and large metal castors.Width 510mm. Depth 430mm. Height 810mmS0153 £166.95

2 Level Trolley 2

Width 63mm. Depth 430mm. Height 710mmS0220 £145.95

Wide 2 Level Trolley with drawer 3

With drawer and large metal casters.Width 510mm. Depth 430mm. Height 1000mm.220123 £145.95

3 Level Trolley4

This new bag has been designed for use with the Enraf 4 seriesrange of machines; it is easy to use, with a simple peel backcover to access all the controls, and when closed ensures thatthe unit is kept clean and secure. With pockets both sides tostore heads and accessories it will make units truly portable.Ideal for use with All Enraf 4 series including combination,ultrasound , Interferential and laser.09 131 2016 £56.95

Mobile Pro Padded Carry Bag 5

A choice of soft padded carry bag or hard carry case. The baghas an extra strong strap and plenty of storage space in its fourcompartments. The hard carry case is perfect for regularmovement of items that require extra protection.

S0405 Hard carry case £36.75

S0411 Hard carry case with foam inserts £37.37

S0535 Soft padded carry case £27.50B

A

A

Bags & Cases6

21

43

65

INFORMATIONPlease refer to pages 536 to 537 for additional trolleys.

Electrotherap

y

NEW

A

BENRAF 4 SERIES MOBILE BAG

SHOWN WITH 4 SERIES UNIT

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:21 Page 481

482

TENS

For Obstetric and General use - Advanced dual channel digitalTENS therapy for pain managementFeatures:• 5 easy to select TENS programmes• Combined pain-gate and endorphin release programme

targeting chronic pain• Sweeping TENS programme for targeting acute pain• ‘Trigger’ button to maximise pain relief - perfect for obstetric use• Pulse frequency 4-150Hz • Pulse width 150µsec• Intensity lock button • Belt clip018942 £64.99

MediTENS XP Labour & General1

A dual channel digital TENS unit. Its compact and user friendlydesign make it perfect for everyday use. It has eight presetprogrammes and has three customisable programmes so canbe tailored to specific patient needs.Features:• Selectable modes: Normal, burst, modulate• Variable frequency 2-150Hz. • Variable pulse width 60-250µs• Patient compliance timer • Belt clip• Auto switch off after four minutes of non use• Dimensions: 8cm x 6.7cm x 4.5cm012530 £34.99

Neen TENS 3

A low cost TENS unit that offers all the main features required froma TENS unit but with high quality components to ensure reliability.Standard version includes TENS with case, battery, leads, self adhesive electrodes and operating manual. Deluxe versionadditionally includes gel and tape.

Features• Selectable modes: Normal, burst and modulated• Variable frequency 2-150Hz• Variable pulse width 30-260µsecs• Weight 115g including battery

SpecificationBase Unit Internally powered (9V PP3)No. of channels 2 (isolated) outputsOutput intensity 0-80mA peak,Dimensions Width 6.5cm, depth 2.3cm, height 9.5cmWarranty period 3 years - unit onlyS0262 Standard £27.00S1305 Deluxe £36.00

SKF Dual Channel TENS2

43

1

2 2


Ele

ctro

ther

apy

11th Generation Digital EMS Unit5

A portable dual channel device for muscle exercise and treatmentof injury. A series of stimulated contraction and relaxation phaseswill enable an individual to build, tone, strengthen and improvecontour to the muscles. Scientific design with accurate settingcan be proven to exercise body muscle fast, efficiently andeffectively. With a large LCD display and flip clip design.Contains: 1 x EMS unit, carrying case, 2 sets of lead wires, 4 self-adhesive electrodes, 1 x 9v battery and an instructionmanual. Dimensions: 24 x 59 x 101mm. AA9722 £67.05

5

LID COVERMODE BUTTON

SET BUTTON

AMPLITUDE KNOB

CHANNEL OUTPUT

PULSE RATE / PULSE WIDTH

TIMERBATTERY INDICATOR

MODE

INFORMATIONFor Muscle Stimulation, please see pages 459 to 464

Acticare TSE4

Transcutaneous Spinal Electroanalgesia (TSE) is a form ofelectrical pain relief that bridges the gap between TENS machineand implanted spinal cord stimulators.• Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (TENS) Constant,

Burst, and Modulated modes• High Frequency TENS up to 500Hz• Acupuncture-like TENS (AL-TENS) down to 1Hz• Neuromuscular stimulation (NMES)• High voltage pulsed galvanic stimulationAA971619 £225.98

STANDARD DELUXE

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:21 Page 482


TENS Garments

The new dimension in Patient-friendly electrotherapyWith a ‘fix’ garment the patient doesn’t have to remember whereexactly to place the electrode pads!When pain restricts mobility and patients find it difficult to complywith pad placement advice, treatment outcomes with homebased TENS and NMES often suffer.These new conductive garments from neurotech have beenspecifically developed to improve patient compliance bysimplifying correct electrode pad placement. Better treatmentoutcomes are the result.Features• Breath-O-Prene® material

• Latex-free and adhesive-free• Unique micro climate control system• Stretch and recovery characteristics

• One size fits all

• Thin, low profile construction

• Reusable

Garments are used with Meditens XP - Needs to bepurchased separately. See page 482.Universal connector that allows connection to all TENS machinescoming soon – please ask for details022204 Genufix TENS applicator for knee £25.99022206 Lumbofix applicator for the back £40.64022205 Genufix/Lumbofix replacement electrodes £16.99

5cm diameter. Packk of 4.

Genufix & Lumbofix1

Theraknit™ Elbow Sleeve2

CircumferenceA939220 Small 15-23cm £48.82A939221 Medium 25-30cm £48.82A939222 Large 30cm £48.82

Theraknit™ Electrodes

Designed to be used in conjunction with pulsedgalvanic electrostimulation for muscle stimulation andTENS for reduction of pain and swelling. Thesegarments eliminate guesswork in the size andplacement of electrodes - they stimulate the entireinvolved area for maximum therapeutic effect.

Theraknit™ Knee Sleeve3

CircumferenceA939230 Small 30-36cm £65.85A939231 Medium 38-46cm £65.85A939232 Large 46cm £65.85

Theraknit™ Glove4

Palm WidthA939200 Small Up to 8cm £48.82A939201 Medium 8-9cm £48.82A939202 Large 9-10cm £48.82A939203 X-Large Over 10cm £48.82

Theraknit™ Sock5

Mens Sock SizeA939210 Small 6-9 £48.82A939211 Medium 10-13 £65.85A939212 Large 14 and up £65.85

Theraknit™ Pigtail-Snap Adaptor6

554291 Pigtail-Snap Adaptor £7.48

2

6

3

4

5

1

1

Electrotherap

y

GENUFIX

LUMBOFIX

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:21 Page 483


TENS Garments

Clinical ResearchClinical research has demonstrated that lumbar support and TENS are aneffective method of pain relief. For a more in-depth insight into the clinicaltrials please visit www.mobilisrolyan.com

Testimonials“With an increasing number of people becoming addicted to pain killers dueto prolonged back pain, new products which offer drug free relief from backpain are to be welcomed. BAXOLVE™ combines two clinically proventherapies, TENS and lumbar support, giving the patient control of their painmanagement and simultaneously easing the burden on the health services”.Dr Peter Skew, President of the British Institute of Musculoskeletal Medicine

Size Waist (cm) Waist (inches)0217301 1 64-78 25-30 £134.990217302 2 78-92 30-36 £134.990217303 3 92-106 36-41 £134.990217304 4 106-120 41-47 £134.990217305 5 120-142 47-55 £134.99

Includes Lumbar Support and MediTENS XP. (See page 482 for details of TENS machine.)

484

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

• Easy Fastening and adjustment systemFitted with a simple Velcro based fastening systemwith pockets and thumb loops. Baxolve XP® is easyto apply even for elderly patients at home.

• Skin friendly material suitable to wear all year roundBaxolve XP® is made from a specially developedvery thin elasticated skin friendly material calledFlextex™. It has excellent breathability and humiditymanagement characteristics with any excessmoisture being quickly carried to the surface whereit can evaporate.

• Developed by experts and clinically testedBehind the development of Baxolve XP®, lies yearsof experience of leading orthopaedic and orthoticexperts. Every detail was optimised, checked andvalidated to ensure the product’s compliance withthe highest quality standards and the needs ofdoctors and patients.

BAXOLVE XP®

Baxolve is the latest innovative means of controlling backpain using two clinically proven therapies, Lumbar Supportand TENS, in one integrated belt.

BAXOLVE Lumbar Support and TENS can be used together formaximum pain relief or separately, as the situation requires.

Quality features How to use Baxolve XP®


1 For great supportUse just the lumbar support belt to ease lower backpain or help prevent its onset. The BAXOLVE beltsupports the spinal and abdominal muscles andrestricts painful movement. This can improveposture and positional awareness.

2 For enhanced pain relief Attach the specially designed unique ‘pelotte’ ormassage pad. The small rubber nipples mountedon the pad have a massage effect on the lowerspine area, improving local blood circulation andhelping to reduce pain.

3 For further compression Attach the outer Duopress® belt for extra comfort,support and compression.

4 For maximum pain relief with lumbarsupport and TENS The outer Duopress® belt also contains theattachments for the MediTENS XP unit. The electrode cables are completely integrated so there is no cable spaghetti! Simply attach the electrodes to the belt, plug the TENS unit in and switch on!

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:21 Page 484


Electrotherap

yTENS Accessories

Suitable for all TENS, STIM, FES and EMG applications • Reusable, comfortable and long lasting.012571 50 x 50mm Pack of 4 £1.95012572 50 x 90mm Pack of 4 £4.19221958 50 x 100mm Pack of 4 £2.95012574 30mm Round Pack of 4 £2.57012575 50mm Round Pack of 4 £3.78012576 75mm Round Pack of 4 £4.73

Self Adhesive Electrodes1

Highest quality range of flexible yet strong self-adhesive electrodeswith a unique silver printed conductor. They are easy to remove andextremely durable.S0035 50 x 50mm Pack of 4 £6.95S0037 50 x 90mm Pack of 4 £7.99S0034 30mm Round Pack of 4 £6.95S0036 50mm Round Pack of 4 £6.95S0038 70mm Round Pack of 4 £8.99

Durastick II Electrodes 2

Uni-Tab™ Electrodes3

Single use electrodes with low profile design. Constructed forclinical applications to promote hygienic treatment. All Uni-Tab™electrodes require the purchase of an adaptor to attach astandard pin to the electrode tab.09 117 7633 3 x 4cm Pack of 48 £10.8509 117 7641 5 x 5.7cm Pack of 48 £15.5109 117 7658 10 x 5.7cm Pack of 48 £27.61

1

32

2

5

6

7

Uni-Tab™ Pin to Alligator Clip Adaptors4

Convert a standard 2cm pin to alligator clip for attachment toUni-Tab™ electrodes.09 117 7666 Black Adaptor £5.4309 117 7674 Red Adaptor £5.43

Unipatch® Superior Silver Electrodes5

Silver conductor results in optimal current dispersion and increasedpatient comfort. Soft, non-irritating gel conforms and adheres toirregular surfaces. Flexible, soft fabric backing is manufacturedwith an outer coating to increase electrode durability. Mouldedlead wire connector accepts minor variations in pin diameters.

Size/Shape Quantity2371 5cm Round 40 £61.36552371 5cm Round 4 £6.872372 7cm Round 40 £74.37552372 7cm Round 4 £8.522373 5cm Square 40 £65.08552373 5cm Square 4 £7.852377 5 x 9cm 40 £90.98552377 5 x 9cm 4 £10.89

Re-ply™ Snap Connecting Electrodes6

Electrodes are reusable, economical and self-adhering. Low profile design is available in two different sizes. Theseelectrodes can be used for multiple applications up to 14 days.922472 5 x 5cm Pack of 4 £5.04922473 5 x 10cm Pack of 4 £6.99

Reflex Carbon Electrodes7

Pre-Gelled Carbon ElectrodesRe-usable, self-adhering, pre-gelled electrodes.09 117 7708 5 x 5cm £7.1909 117 7716 4.5 x 10cm (High Heat) £11.5109 117 7724 4 x 4.5cm (High Heat) £5.6509 117 7732 4 x 4.5cm £5.65Top Connecting Non-Adhesive Carbon ElectrodesTo be used with patches (listed below).09 117 7740 4 x 4.5cm, Pack of 4 £5.6509 117 7757 4 x 10cm, Pack of 4 £12.7409 117 7773 4 x 10cm, Pack of 20 £19.93Tape PatchesSingle use, disposable patches are designed to be used withnon-adhesive carbon electrodes (above). 09 117 7781 7.5 x 7.5cm, Pack of 100 £21.6909 117 7799 7.5 x 12.5cm, Pack of 100 £49.82

4

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:21 Page 485

TENS Accessories & PEMF

Rubber Electrodes1

S0237 Rubber electrode 5x5cm (pair) with pigtails £5.25S1790 Rubber electrode 9x5cm (pair) with pigtails £7.35

TENS Leads2

013920 Replacement TENS leads for NEEN TENS, £4.49Neurotrac Sports & Sports XL

S1448 Replacement TENS leads £5.25for SKF Dual Channel TENS

Rechargeable Battery & Charger3

S0133 Battery charger £12.95S0134 Rechargeable battery PP3 £9.72220869 Rechargeable battery AA, Pack of 4 £14.12

Standard Batteries4

S0394 PP3 Battery £0.57022128 Duracell AAAA Batteries, Pack of 2 £4.99022075 Duracell size AA Battery, Pack of 4 £8.94022076 Duracell size C Battery, Pack of 2 £6.70

Lectron II Electrode Gel5

Ideal for use with muscle stimulators, TENS etc. It will notbreakdown or irritate. Available in three sizes. S0214 60ml Lectron gel £1.58S0590 90ml Lectron gel £1.94S0591 250ml Lectron gel £2.47

Micropore Tape6

Micropore tape for holding electrodes to skin. 2.5 x 10cm.S0138 £0.74

Kings Guide to Tens 7

A simple step by step guide to managing pain using a TENSunit. This well illustrated guide has been written for the personwith no previous medical knowledge221520 £5.20

Painwave8

The Painwave X4000 has been designed stimulate the body’sown natural pain relieving processes in order to reduce acuteand chronic pain symptoms and encourage wound healing. It uses the principles of Pulsed Electromagnetic Field Therapy(PEMF) and emits a pulsed electromagnetic wave thatpenetrates cells around the area of pain which:• stimulates cell metabolism • improves cellular oxygen utilisation• improves blood circulation• encourages the release of endorphins and enkephalins• encourages and accelerates removal of pain-causing toxins• activates macrophages to strength the immune system..thereby promoting healing and regeneration and reducing pain.The device is applied directly to the point of pain or used onacupuncture points. It is most beneficial when moved in acircular motion over the point of pain, which allows thetherapeutic effects to extend through all types of body tissue atleast 6cm and to a lateral radius of 9cm. It can be used through clothing, dressings (including hydrogelsand plaster casts).Benefits• Non invasive• Light, compact and portable • Charge it up like your mobile phone, lasts 50 x 7 min cycles • Safe - no possibility of over treating • People with all types of implants (except heart pacemakers)

can be treated • No heat is generated so can be used to accelerate healing

in people with pins and bone plates Unlike TENS the Painwave does not block pain signals to thebrain via pain gateways. It also does not contain magnets.017712 £149.99

1 2

3

3

5

4

6 7

8 8

Ele

ctro

ther

apy


061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:22 Page 486

Electrotherap

yCompression Therapy

Pulse Press Solo1

Specially designed for use at home. This easy to use unit can be used to reduce the number of hospital visits and improve patient compliance for betterclinical results. The unit offers: • Compact - The smallest unit in the range.

• Strong - virtually unbreakable plastic case.

• Simple - easy to use, ergonomic design.

• Quiet - reliable maintenance free Cyclone pump.

• Adjustable pressure - adjustable for individual comfort.

• Adjustable time cycle - 5 to 120 seconds for wide variety of treatment regimes.

• Single or twin garment inflation - can treat two limbssimultaneously.

• Automatic deflation - fail safe feature ensures garment fullydeflates at the end of the treatment cycle.

• Single chamber garments - for uniform limb compression.

012213 £215.00

Pulse Press Solo Pro2

Specifically designed for ward and physiotherapy department use. The unit comes complete with carrying handle for maximumportability and flexibility. • Compact - only slightly larger than the Solo.

• Strong - case is made of a special plastic polymer for extra strength.

• Simple - easy to use.

• Quiet - does not disturb other patients.

• Adjustable pressure - for extra patient comfort.

• Digital Pressure Meter - for safety and ease of use.

• Adjustable time cycle - for variation of therapy cycles.

• Single or twin garment - can treat two limbs simultaneously.

• Wide range of garments - for maximum flexibility.

• Automatic deflation - fail safe ensures that garment fullydeflates at the end of the treatment cycle.

• Single chamber garments - for uniform limb compression.

012214 £299.00

1

2

3


For use with the Pulse Press Solo and Solo Pro.


004875 Half arm sleeve 50cm 43cm 42cm

001845 Long arm 54cm 74cm 42cm £56.00004882 Wide arm sleeve 60cm 76cm 47cm

004885 Foot & Ankle 50cm 25cm 30cm 31cm 50cm £61.00004888 Half leg 60cm 50cm 30cm 31cm 50cm

001847 Long leg 67cm 66cm 30cm 31cm 50cm £89.00004890 Long leg 70cm 74cm 30cm 31cm 50cm

004891 Long leg 73cm 82cm 30cm 31cm 50cm £89.00004893 Long leg 76cm 90cm 30cm 31cm 50cm

Intermittent Compression Chamber Garments3

LONG LEGHALF LEG

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:22 Page 487


Compression Therapy







012215 £325.00







012216 £675.00

Pulse Press Multi 6 Pro3

A 6 chamber system that provides gradient sequential compression(pressure is slightly lower in each chamber - distal to proaimal).• Strong - case is made of special plastic polymer for extra

strength and long life.

• Simple - easy to use controls.

• Flexible - single or simultaneous twin garment inflation.

• Accurate- microprocessor control ensures feature accuracy.

• Adjustable Pressure - for extra patient comfort.

• Digital Pressure Meter - easy to read for total confidence andease of use.

• Adjustable inflation and deflation times - for variety of therapies.

• Therapy Timer - offers 15 mins to 120 mins, plus continuousrun feature.

• Automatic deflation - fail safe feature, ensures that garmentfully deflates at the end of the cycle.

012217 £645.00

1

2

3

Ele

ctro

ther

apy

For use with the Pulse Press Multi 3, 6 & 6 Pro.

Pulse Press offer the widest range of compression garments currently available and all carry a six months warranty. Specially formulated lightweight material combines cool comfort with durability. Large pull ring zip feature ensures easy application and removal. Easy clean - soft, flexible anti kink feed hose.


010362 Half Arm 50cm 43cm 42cm

009727 Wide Long Arm 60cm 76cm 47cm £82.00010363 Half Leg 60cm 50cm 30cm 31cm 50cm

009730 Long Leg 70cm 74cm 30cm 31cm 50cm £149.00

Sequential Compression Chamber Garments4

LONG LEG

061_EXPT_0481-0488:061_EXPT_0481-0488 23/11/09 18:22 Page 488

Couches & PlinthsTraction Couch SystemCouches & PlinthsPatient ChairsCouch AccessoriesChangingTilt TablesChairs & StoolsScreens & MirrorsTrolleys & CabinetsWorkstations & TablesSteps, Step Ladders & RampsParallel BarsSuspension Frames, Wall Bars & PulleysStandersLampsHardware & Domicillary EquipmentReality Orientation

506 - 527512 - 513

514 - 520, 522521

523 - 524525

528 - 529530 - 534

535536 - 537538 - 547548 - 551552 - 553554 - 555556 - 559

560561 - 566567 - 568

ClinicFurniture

Salli Saddle ChairsFor full rangesee page 532

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:23 Page 505

Couches & Plinths

• Now manufactured with an anti-bacterial coating• 2 section• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90°• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Breathing hole and plug as standard• Retractable wheels as standard• Facility for fitting cot sides • Height 50-92cm.• Upholstery dimensions: Length 188cm. Width 65cm.

AA9505EB Electric Blue UK Plug £702.98AA9505EH Electric Beige UK Plug £702.98AA9505EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £702.98AA9505EG Electric Black UK Plug £702.9809 115 6801 Electric Blue EU Plug £702.9809 115 6819 Electric Beige EU Plug £702.9809 115 6827 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £702.9809 115 6835 Electric Black EU Plug £702.98AA9505HB Hydraulic Blue £670.53AA9505HH Hydraulic Beige £670.53AA9505HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £670.53AA9505HG Hydraulic Black £670.53AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair £102.21AA9526 Paper Roll Holder £34.07

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

Universal Couches

A range of heavy duty couches designed for all types ofexamination, manipulation and osteopathy procedures.Their strong, robust design with a 2 year guarantee,makes these an ideal choice for your clinic.

MADE TO ORDERThis item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

INFORMATIONA range of optional accessories are available on page 523.

COT SIDES

BLUE BEIGE DARK BLUE BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

1

1

1

Two Section Universal Couch Homecraft1

63cm 125cm

65cm

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


NEXTDAYDESPATCH

UK NEXT DAY DESPATCHAvailable from stock. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

NDD

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:23 Page 506


Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

Three Section Universal Couch Homecraft1

• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating• High quality 3 section universal couch• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90°• Mobile hoist clearance 23cm• Breathing hole and plug• Retractable wheels• Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36")• Upholstery: Length 193cm (75"). Width 65cm (25")

AA9506EB Electric Blue UK Plug £767.87AA9506EH Electric Beige UK Plug £767.87AA9506EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £767.87AA9506EG Electric Black UK Plug £767.8709 115 6918 Electric Blue EU Plug £767.8709 115 6926 Electric Beige EU Plug £767.8709 115 6934 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £767.8709 115 6942 Electric Black EU Plug £767.87AA9506HB Hydraulic Blue £735.42AA9506HH Hydraulic Beige £735.42AA9506HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £735.42AA9506HG Hydraulic Black £735.42

Optional AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair £102.21AA9526 Paper Roll Holder £34.0709 118 2443 Anti-bacterial Upholstery £39.38

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st



77cm 63cm

65cm

53cm

1

1

NEXTDAYDESPATCH




NDD

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:23 Page 507

Five Section Universal Couch Homecraft1• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating• High quality 5 section universal couch• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º• Mobile hoist clearance 23cm• Breathing hole and plug• Retractable wheels• Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36")• Upholstery: Length 195cm (76"). Width 65cm (25")

AA9591EB Electric Blue UK Plug £886.83AA9591EH Electric Beige UK Plug £886.83AA9591EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £886.83AA9591EG Electric Black UK Plug £886.8309 115 6983 Electric Blue EU Plug £886.8309 115 7007 Electric Beige EU Plug £886.8309 115 7023 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £886.8309 115 7031 Electric Black EU Plug £886.83AA9591HB Hydraulic Blue £843.57AA9591HH Hydraulic Beige £843.57AA9591HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £843.57AA9591HG Hydraulic Black £843.57

Optional AA9527 Cot Sides Pair £102.21AA9526 Paper Roll Holder £34.0709 118 2443 Anti-bacterial Upholstery £39.38



Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

3-4wks

79cm53cm63cm

65cm

1

1

1


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths



DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Servicesfor more information.

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:23 Page 508

Paediatric Two Section Universal Couch1

This paediatric two section couch is designed to the same highstandard as the Universal 2, 3, 5 section couch, but is brightlycoloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance. • Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating• High quality 2 section universal couch• Twin lift design• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º• Mobile hoist clearance 16cm• Breathing hole and plug• Retractable wheels• Height adjustment 50 – 92cm• Upholstery: Length 188cm (74") Width 65cm (25")09 120 1110 £919.28

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

4-6wks

1

1

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths


NEW

NEW



DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Servicesfor more information.

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:23 Page 509


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths

Akron Streamline™ Popular Couch1

The Popular provides strength and rigidity, minimal maintenance and longlife. Height range 44 to 93cm. Head section angle adjusts from -20° to 80°.Features• Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Clearance 125cm• Hand switch height control on electric models• Single lever, power assisted head section • Retractable wheelbase• Adjustable foot for uneven flooring • Breathing hole and plug

1

3

4

64cm 124cm

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

4-6wks

Akron Streamline™ Popular Couch 2 Section

Electric HydraulicColour UK Plug EU Plug UK Plug EU Plug

Blue 09 113 5029 09 117 0521 09 113 5060 09 117 0489Beige 09 113 5045 09 117 0547 09 113 5086 09 117 0505Dark Blue 09 113 5052 09 117 0554 09 113 5094 09 117 0513Grey 09 113 5037 09 117 0539 09 113 5078 09 117 0497

£773.27 £773.27 £735.42 £735.42

Couch Covers Not Illustrated2

High quality stretch towelling covers to provide additional hygiene forpatients as well as protecting the couch from body sweat and oil basedproducts that can rapidly reduce its life. AA95114C Cream £17.85AA95114B Light Blue £17.85

LIGHT BLUE BEIGE DARK BLUE GREY


Fold Down Cot Sides3

These Fold Down Cot Sides provide additional patient safety. PopularCouch requires 89cm and Continental Couch requires 65cm. Chromeplated. Sold in pairs.AA95115A 89cm £155.74AA95115B 65cm £155.74

Cot Side Pads4

Pads that can be quickly and simply secured to the cot sides above,providing additional comfort for the patient.AA95116A 89cm £95.17AA95116B 65cm £95.17

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:24 Page 510


Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

Akron Streamline™ Continental CouchThe versatile Continental Couch is suitable for a wide range of manualtherapy techniques, various medical procedures, massage andcomplimentary medicine. Height range 44 to 93cm. Three-section headsection angle adjusts from -20° to 80°. Five-section head section angle adjustsfrom -20° to 45°. Foot section angle on both models adjusts from 0° to 80°.Features• Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Breathing hole and plug

• Hand switch height control on electric models • Retractable wheelbase

• Single lever, power assisted head and foot sections

• Adjustable foot for uneven flooring • Width 64cm

1

2

63cm 74cm58cm

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

4-6wks

Akron Streamline™ Continental Couch 5 Section



£897.65 £897.65 £854.39 £854.39

Akron Streamline™ Continental Couch 3 Section



£805.72 £805.72 £773.27 £773.27

48cm 81cm58cm

1

2

064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:24 Page 511


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Traction Couch System

Traction Couch System1

Traction table with an excellent heavy duty rolling top, floating on eight large ball bearings, with a full 6 inches (15cm) travel.The Cervical in sitting accessories and all harnesses are suppliedas standard, not extras. A high specification digital traction unitwith variable hold, rest and force settings, the unit has built insafety features that are continually monitoring the functions of the unit. S0700 Traction package supplied with hydraulic rollingtop traction bed, digital traction unit, thoracic and lumbarharnesses, flexion Stool, cervical in sitting frame, spreader bar,head halter, counter traction straps, cord extensions. S0701as above but with an electric traction bed.S0700 Traction package (Hydraulic Bed) £2625.00S0701 Traction package (Electric Bed) £2887.50S0699 Digital Traction Unit only £1548.75AccessoriesS0640 Lumber Traction Belt £45.00S0641 Thoracic Traction Belt £45.00S0642 Head Halter £26.25015321 Spreader Bar £6.62220358 Counter Traction Straps £28.88220360 Complete Set Traction Harness as above £150.15220369 Flexion Stool £78.75


Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

3-4wks

1

Dimensions Length:196cm (77") plus 43cm (17") when traction machine is fitted.Width:46cm (18") approx. Height:46cm (18") to 94cm (37") approx.

Maximum Traction Equipped with a 90kg (200lbs)/9kg (20lbs) switch that can be Force Switching toggled during cervicolumber traction for increased traction preset Device accuracy.

Manual Progressive Traction is adjustable by the therapist during treatment as required. Traction Mode Following adjustment, the start button is pressed and the

new program automatically replaces the original program forprogressive traction.

Precision Traction Indicates exact degree of tension at each stage during traction. Tension Display

Automatic Tension If patient movement during therapy causes tension to decrease 1.8kg Compensation (4lbs) below the preset value, the machine automatically restores

tension back to the original value, thereby ensuring tension accuracy.

Therapeutic Program Once locked, the preset program cannot be changed should the Memory Lock patient turn the traction tension knob during the therapy process.

Moreover, if the program already preset is appropriate for the nextpatient, the therapist only needs to press the start button sinceresetting is unnecessary.

Innovative Adjustable Tension application speed up to the preset tension is adjustable Traction Speed along a stepless continuous range as clinically required, with release

maintained at the slowest rate. The resulting traction curve andtraction count variations promote therapeutic effectiveness during thesame therapy sessions.

Faultless Two-digit button sets therapy duration from 1 to 99 minutes.Time-setting Digital display indicates the time remaining during therapy System sessions,with an alarm signalling the end of the preset duration.

SPECIFICATIONS

220369 S0699


064_EXPT_0505-0512:064_EXPT_0505-0512 23/11/09 18:24 Page 512


Clinic Furniture

Akron Traction Couch System

1Akron Traction Couch System1

Variable height traction tables are available with either hydraulic orelectric height control. Each model is supplied with the mountingplatform for fixing the traction machine. The platform is adjustablein height to vary the angle of pull from the traction machine. The backrest and head/foot sections of the couch are fullyadjustable in angle by means of a locking gas strut. The headsection will adjust into a negative position and includes abreathing hole and plug for prone treatments. Please state couch colour when ordering.• Variable height - To promote correct working height and

posture for therapists in all aspects of treatment and examination procedures

• Rolling top - For effective transmission of traction force to aspecific area of the lumbar spine

• Gas assisted head and foot sections - Enabling single handoperation for easy positioning

• Industrial strength retractable castors - For easy movement of couch

• Adjustable foot - For stabilising of the product on uneven surfaces

• Self lubricating bearings - No 'metal on metal' joints; decreasing friction and subsequent wear

• Traction machine mount - Variable height for different treatment procedures

221134 Akron Traction Package - Hydraulic £3463.90221135 Akron Traction Package - Electric £3463.90221136 Akron ATP9 Traction Machine £1599.00221137 Akron ATP9 & Mobile Traction System £1779.75221138 Cervical in Sitting Unit for Traction Tables £115.50221139 Counter Traction Straps £18.90221140 Deluxe Head Halter £23.10221141 Flexion Stool £148.05221142 Traction Belt-Thoracic £42.00221143 Traction Belt-Pelvic £42.00015321 Spreader Bar £6.62

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.BEIGE LIGHT BLUE DARK BLUE YELLOW DARK GREY BLACKMADE TO ORDER

This item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.


221137221138

4-6wksMaximum

user weight225

kg351/2

st

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:24 Page 513


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths

Low Wide Exercise Table2

An extra wide, low, fixed height exercise table that provides agreater range of movement and safety. Supplied in beige, flame retardant vinyl upholstery. Supplied flat packed.Height 46cm. Length 183cm. Width 92cm. Weight 38kg.AA9531 £297.41

Maximumuser weight

140kg

23st

3-4wks


Neurology Couch Homecraft1

An extremely firm and stable neurology couch, which provides avery wide, variable height treatment surface for postural exerciseand Bobath techniques. Cot sides available but must be orderedat the same time as couch for fitting purposes. • Now manufactured with an anti-bacterial coating• Two section• Twin lift design• Electric & hydraulic models• Hand control operation on electric model• Positive/negative head section• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90°• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Height 50 to 92cm• Upholstery dimensions: Length 188cm. Width 102cm. AA9507EB Electric Blue UK Plug £1016.61AA9507EH Electric Beige UK Plug £1016.61AA9507EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £1016.61AA9507EG Electric Black UK Plug £1016.6109 115 8039 Electric Blue EU Plug £1016.6109 115 8054 Electric Beige EU Plug £1016.6109 115 8070 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £1016.6109 115 8013 Electric Black EU Plug £1016.61AA9507HB Hydraulic Blue £984.17AA9507HH Hydraulic Beige £984.17AA9507HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £984.17AA9507HG Hydraulic Black £984.17AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair £102.21


NDDMaximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

COT SIDES

1

1

1

125cm 63cm

102cm

2

183cm

92cm





NDD

NEXTDAYDESPATCH

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:24 Page 514


Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths


ElectricColour UK Plug EU Plug

Blue 09 113 5482 09 117 0828Beige 09 113 5508 09 117 0836Dark Blue 09 113 5516 09 117 0844Grey 09 113 5490 09 117 0851

£1703.36 £1703.36

Akron Bobath Plinth



£1080.42 £1080.42 £1032.83 £1032.83

1Akron Bobath Plinth1

Specifically designed for the rehabilitation of patients diagnosed withvarious neurological conditions. The enhanced rigidity and largeupholstered top allows for the performance of treatment techniques andexercises, with room for both patient and therapist. The low operatingheight of 46cm is excellent for patient transfers and for balance andstanding techniques. The power-assisted backrest is adjustable fromhorizontal to 85° and provides support during both lying and sitting exercises.Hydraulic models are operated by a foot lever for height adjustment,whilst electric models have a hand control.Height adjustable 46-91cm.Features• Variable height control: hydraulic or electric • Retractable wheelbase• Positive angled head section • Mobile hoist compatible• Adjustable foot for uneven flooring • Strong and rigid design

Akron Bobath 52

The Bobath 5 addresses the lifting and handling problems associatedwith very heavy patients. The increased safe working load of 325kgs andthe electrically powered backrest facility provide the clinician with a safemeans of raising and positioning the patient for medical examinations andprocedures. Patient support handles or loops can be added to furtherassist the patient into a sitting or standing position either before or aftertreatment. The large wheel system, with steering facility also enablesmovement or transport of the ‘on board patient’ around clinic or ward.Height adjustable from 50 to 96cm. Backrest adjustable from 0° to 85°.Features• Safe working and lifting capacity of 325kgs• Electrically powered backrest• Both height and backrest angle can be operated in combination

via two way hand switch• Electric variable height with battery backup• Large wheel system with steering facility• Mobile hoist compatible

Optional AccessoriesAA95150 Chrome Plated Fold Down Cot Sides - Pair £178.45AA95116A Cot Side Pads - Pair £95.17AA95124 Support Loops - Pair £60.56AA95123 Support Handles Pair £60.56AA95125 Arm/Leg Support Attachment £245.50

with Angular AdjustmentsAA95126 Knee Support Block and Harness £204.40

Maximumuser weight

225kg

35st

4-6wks

Maximumuser weight

325kg

51st

4-6wks

2

2

2

2

2

WITH OPTIONAL FOLD DOWN COT SIDES

SUPPORT LOOPS SUPPORT HANDLES

71cm 124cm

106cm

71cm 124cm

106cm

ARM-LEG SUPPORT ATTACHMENTARM-LEG SUPPORT ATTACHMENT

MADE TO ORDERThese items are made to order and therefore, are not refundable.


LIGHT BLUE BEIGE DARK BLUE GREY

Akron Bobath Plinth

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:24 Page 515

Couches & Plinths

1 Mat Platform Homecraft1

Designed to accommodate a variety of therapeutic treatmentsthat require extra width and a greater working surface.• Twin lift design• Constructed from robust steel for maximum stability

and strength• Electric and hydraulic models available• Hand control operation on electric model• Clearance of 23cm for a mobile hoist• Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36")• Upholstery dimensions: Length 186cm (73"). Width 125cm (49"). AA9514EB Electric Blue UK Plug £967.94AA9514EH Electric Beige UK Plug £967.94AA9514EK Electric Dark Blue UK Plug £967.94AA9514EG Electric Black UK Plug £967.9409 115 7114 Electric Blue EU Plug £967.9409 115 7122 Electric Beige EU Plug £967.9409 115 7148 Electric Dark Blue EU Plug £967.9409 115 7155 Electric Black EU Plug £967.94AA9514HB Hydraulic Blue £940.91AA9514HH Hydraulic Beige £940.91AA9514HK Hydraulic Dark Blue £940.91AA9514HG Hydraulic Black £940.91



Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

186cm

125c

m

2

Folding Mat Platform Homecraft3

The Folding Mat Platform is designed to accommodate a widevariety of treatments that require extra width and a greaterworking surface. It easily folds to aid storage and transportation.Constructed from robust steel for maximum stability and strength.Height 50cm (19"). Upholstery dimensions: Length 200cm (78").Width 120cm (47").AA95122B Blue £621.86AA95122K Dark Blue £621.86AA95122H Beige £621.86AA95122G Black £621.86

Bariatric Platform Homecraft2

The Bariatric Platform is an extremely robust, high quality platformthat has a safe working load of 300kg (47st). It has an extra largeworking surface and the electrical raising and lowering mechanismis extremely smooth. Constructed from strong steel, it has areinforced twin lift base for maximum strength and stability.Available in four colours. Choose from a hand controller or footcontroller. Height adjustment 54 - 96cm (21 - 37"). Upholstery dimensions: Length 180cm (70"). Width 120cm (47").

Controller ColourAA95141B Hand Blue £1865.59AA95141K Hand Dark Blue £1865.59AA95141H Hand Beige £1865.59AA95141G Hand Black £1865.59AA95142B Foot Blue £1865.59AA95142K Foot Dark Blue £1865.59AA95142H Foot Beige £1865.59AA95142G Foot Black £1865.59

3

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

Maximumuser weight

300kg

47st

180cm

120c

m

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


NEXTDAYDESPATCH

NDD

3-4wks

3-4wks




NDD

065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:24 Page 516


Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths

A high quality Orthopaedic Couch with split legs, and a range ofaccessories ideal for use in Plaster Rooms.• Electric model as standard• Hand control operation on electric model• Gas strut adjustable leg and back rest• Positive back section to 85˚• Negative leg section - 90˚ to + 15˚• Telescopic arm rests • Clearance for a mobile hoist is 12cm (47/10")• Choice of upholstery coloursHeight adjustment: 48-96cm (18.9 – 377/10") Upholstery Dimensions: Back Length 90cm (35") Seat Length 53cm (208/10")Width 65cm (251/2")Leg Section Length 42cm (161/2")Individual Leg section length 22cm (86/10") 09 119 1006 £1080.42

Accessories09 119 1048 Arm Support - Fully adjustable £107.07

arm support, can be fitted oneither side of the couch.

09 119 1055 Seat Raiser - Allows maximum £85.44support and access when applyingfull length dressings and casts.

09 119 1071 Leg Support - Height and angle £139.51adjustment allows excellentaccess for lower limb procedures.Can be fitted on either side of the couch.

09 119 1089 Instrument Kit - Can be fitted £102.74on either side of the couch.

Split Leg Orthopaedic Couch1 1

SEAT RAISERARM SUPPORT

INSTRUMENT KITLEG SUPPORT



90cm53cm42cm

22cm

65cm

Maximumuser weight

180kg

28st

3-4wks



065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:24 Page 517


Podiatry Couch1

A fantastic new range of couches designed specifically forPodiatry use within both Private Practice and NHS. The couch isavailable in three operating models and all features have beendesigned with patient and practitioner comfort in mind.• Safe working load 200kg (32st)

• Self levelling swing back arm rests

• Foot rests lowering to 90°

• Twin lift system for extra stability

• Low seat height of 47cm for easy patient access

• Foot control and breathing hole as standard on all models

• Warranty: 12 months Labour. 24 months Parts

Standard featuresBreathing hole. Gas assist leg rests. Foot switch. Memory foam seat. Adjustable foot.

Optional extrasLarge lockable castors. Quick release electric backrest. Single stainless steel footbath. Double stainless steel footbath.Headrest cushion. Couchroll holder. Battery pack. Self levelling arms. Removale step.

SpecificationsMax Load 200kg (31st)Overall Length 1700mm – 1850mmOverall Width 610mmSeat dimensions 610mm(L) x 550mm (W)Seat height Min 470mm

Max 920mmLeg Rest Extension 150mmLeg Rest Height Max 1190mmLeg Rest Adjustment 12° x -90°Back Rest Length 775mmBack Rest Adjustment 89° x -12°Leg Gas Spring Assistance 320 Newton 32kgHoist Clearance 130mmWeight 82.5kgInput voltage 220-240v AC

Pod 1Electric twin lift base, manual seat tilt & manual backrest022217BEI Beige £1025.52022217BL Blue £1025.52022217DR Dark Red £1025.52022217G Grey £1025.52

Pod 2Electric twin lift base, electric seat tilt & manual backrest022218BEI Beige £1107.08022218BL Blue £1107.08022218DR Dark Red £1107.08022218G Grey £1107.08

Pod 3Electric twin lift base, electric seat tilt & electric backrest022219BEI Beige £1188.65022219BL Blue £1188.65022219DR Dark Red £1188.65022219G Grey £1188.65

BLUE BEIGE DARK RED GREY

3-4wksMaximum

user weight200

kg32st

1

1

Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths


NEW



065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:25 Page 518

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.BLUE BEIGE DARK RED GREY

1

1

1

BariPod Couch1

A brand new design in the couch range, specifically for use with very heavy patients. Extremely strong, versatile, and comfortable, our couch incorporates key features thatensure patient and practitioner comfort.• Foot rests lower to 90°

• Maximum safe working load 300kg (47st)

• Easy to operate leg rests, providing 80kg (13st) gas liftassistance for the practitioner

• A low seat height of 44cm, allowing for easy patient access

• Balanced twin lift system for extra strength and stability

• Motorised tilt back increasing practitioner access to the foot

• Foot control, breathing hole, and couch roll holder as standard

• Removable step to assist with patient access and footbath positioning

• Meets Medical Devices Directive 93/42/ECC

• Warranty: 12 months Labour. 24 months Parts

Standard featuresBreathing hole. Gas assist leg rests. Foot switch. Memory foam seat. Large lockable castors. Removable step.Adjustable foot. Seat belt facility. Couch roll holder.

Optional extrasFoot bath. Headrest cushion. Seat belt. Battery pack. 400kg(67st) maximum load. Self levelling arms.

SpecificationsOverall Length 1750mm – 19100mmOverall Width 700mmSeat dimensions 600mm(L) x 7000mm (W)Seat height Min 440mm

Max 870mmLeg Rest Extension 160mmLeg Rest Height Max 1209mmLeg Rest Adjustment 12° x -90°Back Rest Length 775mmBack Rest Adjustment 89° x -12°Leg Gas Spring Assistance 800 Newton 80kgHoist Clearance 130mmWeight 107kg022220BEI Beige £1734.57022220BL Blue £1734.57022220DR Dark Red £1734.57022220G Grey £1734.57

3-4wksMaximum

user weight300

kg47st

Clinic Furniture

Couches & Plinths


NEW



065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:25 Page 519


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths

Lemi Podo Dream Couch1

The Podo Dream ensures the best comfort both to the client and to the operator. It can be lowered to the height of cm 52,enabling everybody to go up and down comfortably; moreover theseat can be brought to the height of cm 125, enabling the operatorto work easily in every position. The Podo Dream couch has beenconceived in every single detail to ensure an extraordinary comfort:the soft mattress, the lumbar support, the cervical support that canbe regulated in accordance with the client’s needs. The mattress ismade of high-quality long lasting materials.Available in: Ice Blue, Light Grey, Cream, Light Green, Sand,Grey, Lime Green.

Width 78cmHeight seat surface 50cm min. 82cm max.Height foot support 133cm max.Max. seat depth 49cmLength of leg 31cm min.and foot supports: 53cm max.Chair rotates through ca. 180ºMax. load bearing 170kgWeight: 74kg018938C Cream £2750.00018938G Grey £2750.00018938IB Ice Blue £2750.00018938LITEG Light Green £2750.00018938LG Light Grey £2750.00018938L Lime Green £2750.00018938S Sand £2750.00

3-4wksMaximum

user weight170

kg27st

1

1



065_EXPT_0513-0520:065_EXPT_0513-0520 23/11/09 18:25 Page 520

1

2

Atlas Patient Chair1

The Atlas treatment chair is compact and ideally suited forsmaller treatment rooms. It offers you and your patients a seriesof advantages.Features• A quiet electric motor effortlessly adjusts to any

treatment position

• Adjusts from 54cm minimum seat height (position ‘0’) to 100cm maximum seat height

• Foot pedal to raise and lower the chair

• Height of foot rest can be adjusted for treatment up to 114cm

• Pneumatic powered back adjustment from 90° to 180° prone position

• Forward movement synchronised with inclination up toTrendelenburg 23°

• The leg supports can be moved outwards by 35° and can beextended by 25cm

• The chair can be easily rotated 45° from side to side

• Width 62cm

• Seat height 54cm-100cm

016426C Cream £1870.00016426BLU Ice Blue £1870.00016426GRE Light Green £1870.00016426GRY Silver Grey £1870.00

Meridian Patient Chair2

The Meridian Podiatry Chair is the perfect couch for your surgeryas it can be permanently fixed in place. The chair has a powerful electric motor, which allows tripleelectric adjustment - backrest, tilt and height - operated througha foot switch. The split legs are movable and gas assisted foreach adjustment. The chair can be easily placed in theTrendelenburg position. It has an access height of 54cm withmovable arms for side access and exceptional working heightwhether sitting or standing. The couch is the most comfortable chair for your patients. It isupholstered in durable and comfortable vinyl leatherette andcontains dual density memory foam. It is of course flameretardant to EU standards.Specification:• Seat Height 54-103cm

• Length 164-188cm

• Width 72cm

• Max Leg Rest Height 125cm

• Rotation 180º

• Max Load 160kg

• Weight 92kg

018940B Beige £2599.00018940RB Royal Blue £2599.00018940MG Mint Green £2599.00018940IB Ice Blue £2599.00

Maximumuser weight

145kg

223/4st

7-8wks

Maximumuser weight

160kg

25st

3-4wks


Clinic Furniture

Patient Chairs

DELIVERYPlease contact Customer Services for more information.

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 521

Couches & Plinths

1 SKF Pro Aluminium Massage Table1

Portable and professional massage table with hand stitched,luxury leather style upholstery and Luxurious 2" Therafoampadding. It has a strong aluminium frame, cable tension rodsand locking leg struts. It has a tapered face hole, adjustablelifting backrest, non-slip feet, carry handle and easily adjustableheight legs. Also includes a free carry case.Specification• Adjustable lifting back rest 10 position / 75°• Adjustable height 66 to 79cm (26 to 32")• Cushion depth 5cm (2"). Length 185cm (73")• Width 62cm (25") • Weight 14.5kg

S0086 SKF Pro Aluminium Massage Table £269.00Optional Accessories220000 Couch Cradle & Arm Support £36.75

22

33

Hi-Value Portable Couch3

This portable couch has fire retardant upholstery mounted on an extremely rigid and sturdy yet lightweight aluminium frame.Standard features include multi-position raising backrest, breathinghole and a protective carrying bag. Height 76cm. Length 183cm.When folded: Height 17cm. Length 91cm. Width 76cm.

Width WeightAA9543B Blue 61cm 15kg £394.75AA9543H Beige 61cm 15kg £394.75AA9543K Dark Blue 61cm 15kg £394.75AA9543G Black 61cm 15kg £394.75AA9543WB Blue 69cm 19kg £431.52AA9543WH Beige 69cm 19kg £431.52AA9543WK Dark Blue 69cm 19kg £431.52AA9543WG Black 69cm 19kg £431.52AA9543C Carry Case £34.61

Height Adjustable Portable Cable Couch2

A lightweight, portable couch with a variable height and adjustablebackrest. Constructed from aluminium with soft foam paddedupholstery and a hinged breathing hole plug as standard. The couch has a cable design, which provides excellent stability.Height 72 to 80cm. Length 183cm. Width 61cm. Weight 15kg.AA9565B Blue £408.81AA9565H Beige £408.81AA9565K Dark Blue £408.81AA9565G Black £408.81AA9543C Carry Case £34.61

Maximumuser weight

190kg

30st

3-4wks

Maximumuser weight

190kg

30st

3-4wks

Maximumuser weight

226kg

351/2st

3-4wks

4

Maximumuser weight

125kg

20st

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.BLACK BLUE GREY BEIGE

Features stylish and stable round legs and a paper roll holder asstandard. The flame retardant upholstery is 50mm deep and thebackrest is self-locking in several positions. Height 78cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm.09 115 8112 Black £323.6409 115 8120 Blue £323.6409 115 8138 Grey £323.6409 115 8146 Beige £323.64

Colenso Examination Couch4

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks.Please contact Customer Services for more information.

3-4wks

Clin

ic F

urni

ture



066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 522

Couch Accessories

3

4 5

2

Universal Cot Sides Homecraft3

Adjustable in height with four height settings locked in place byspring loaded locating pin. For patient transfers, the sides can bereleased and pushed down below the lever of the upholstered top.White powder coated paint finish. Sold in pairs.AA9527 2, 3 & 5 section Couch £102.2109 119 1782 Neurology Couch £97.34

Paper Roll Holder2

For use with couches shown on pages 506 to 509.AA9526 Paper Roll Holder £34.07

2-3wks

Couch Covers4

A new range of top quality couch covers. These are extrathickness covers have a gsm (grams per square metre) of 325.Made from 80% cotton & 20% polyester knit stretch terrytowelling with elastic edging and two ties. Available in fourdifferent colours to fit standard 2 and 3 section couches.S1989 Pure White with breathing hole £9.95S1988 Royal Navy with breathing hole £9.95S1991 Powder Blue with breathing hole £9.95S1990 Burgundy with breathing hole £9.95220626 Pure White without breathing hole £9.40220627 Royal Navy without breathing hole £9.40220629 Powder Blue without breathing hole £9.40220630 Burgundy without breathing hole £9.40

Face Savers5

Many patients find lying in the prone position both uncomfortableand claustrophobic. Face Savers are soft and comfortable, andwhen placed over the breathing hole, they allow the patient to lie with the forehead and cheeks on the saver and relax and breathe easily.This compact product is manufactured from polyurethane foam and comes complete with looped fleece cover, removable for laundering. Additional covers available to match couch covers.009690 Face Saver Standard Foam £26.20009570 Face Saver Memory Foam £17.30221102 Standard Cover - Royal Navy £6.25221103 Standard Cover - Pure White £6.25221104 Standard Cover - Burgundy £6.25221105 Standard Cover - Powder Blue £6.25221404 Memory Foam Cover - Royal Navy £6.25221405 Memory Foam Cover - Pure White £6.25221406 Memory Foam Cover - Burgundy £6.25221407 Memory Foam Cover - Powder Blue £6.25

2-3wks


Couch Paper Rolls1

09 118 0264 Couch Roll 25cm (10") £1.8909 118 1429 Couch Roll 25cm (10") case of 24 £27.0409 118 1494 Couch Roll 25cm (10") 3+ cases of 24 £23.7909 118 0272 Couch Roll 50cm (20") £2.4909 118 1437 Couch Roll 50cm (20") case of 12 £27.0409 118 1502 Couch Roll 50cm (20") 3+ cases of 12 £23.79

1

Clinic Furniture


Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.ROYAL NAVY PURE WHITE POWDER BLUE BURGUNDY

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 523

Couch Accessories

1

2 2

2 2

Patient Footbath1

An ideal way to wash your patients feet before you starttreatment. The footbath is on lockable wheels to secure theposition and comes with disposable basin covers to reducecross infection.016429 £105.88Patient Footbath Disposable Footbath Covers016430 15 covers £4.17

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


A high quality range of bins designed specifically to suit therequirements of the modern clinic, hospital, nursing andresidential care home environment. Each bin comes completewith a range of features and is manufactured primarily fromgalvanised steel to exacting specifications in the UK. Features• Pull out handle to allow easy movement

• The bins are designed so that they are difficult to open, byhand, encouraging the user to use the foot-operated pedal;thus minimising the risk of cross contamination

• The silent closing feature means that the lid closes quietly andslowly. This minimises the aerosol effect that could cause thespread of bacteria when a traditional bin lid closes

• Each bin is fitted with a specially designed wide pedal, whichallows the sack holder to be approached from both the frontand sides

• Wherever possible sharp edges have been removed andreplaced with rounded corners

• Rubber Feet are fitted to stop the bin marking the floor andleaving unsightly rust marks

• The Air Gap allows the free movement of air beneath the binsstopping the build up of stagnant air that encourage the growthof bacteria

• Each bin comes with a comprehensive two-year warranty

• All the bins are fully fire retardant to HTM 83

• All bins come with a choice of lid colour, white for domesticwaste and yellow for clinical waste

20ltr Small Waste BinA

09 117 1057 Solid Body/Domestic Waste £107.0709 117 1065 Solid Body/Clinical Waste £107.07

50ltr Medium Waste Bin with Solid BodyB

09 117 1073 Solid Body/Domestic Waste £123.2909 117 1081 Solid Body/Clinical Waste £123.29

50ltr Medium Waste Bin with Removable BodyC

With the added benefit of a removable body allowing for easycleaning and sterilisation.09 117 1099 Removable Body/Domestic Waste £140.6009 117 1107 Removable Body/Clinical Waste £140.60

70ltr Large Waste Bin with Opening DoorD

Comes with a front opening door to allow easy removal of thesack and at the same time allows better access for cleaning theinside of the bin.09 117 1115 Front Opening/Domestic Waste £156.8209 117 1123 Front Opening/Clinical Waste £156.82

Doherty Waste Bins

20ltr Small 50ltr Medium 70ltr LargeHeight 570mm 792mm 805mmWidth 210mm 404mm 395mmDepth 278mm 390mm 337mmOverall Depth 340mm 420mm 430mmFire Retardancy HTM 83 HTM 83 HTM 83

2wks

Doherty Waste Bins2

A B

C D


066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 524

Changing


Maximumuser weight

200kg

311/4st

4wks

Pressalit Nursing/Shower Bench1

This height adjustable nursing bench is designed to help with thesafe moving and handling of children and adults while they arebeing changed or showered. The bench is slightly curvedmaking it extremely comfortable and safe. The height adjustablebench can be adjusted from a suitable transfer height (300mm)to a safe caring height (1000mm) (note these heights aredependent upon fixing position). This movement is easilycontrolled by a simple, remote control hand unit. When the fixedheight bench is mounted at the recommended height, the lyingsurface height is 865mm above the floor. The integrated gascylinder also enables the bench to be folded easily against thewall when not in use to maximise floor space.The nursing bench benefits from a water collection tray with anintegrated water outlet that prevents water from splashing oncarers or on the floor. The bench, end caps and safety rail are all covered with polyurethane foam so that there are no coldsurfaces exposed. The bench also benefits from a manuallyadjustable back support at both ends for increased comfort forthe user. The safety rail can be easily folded up or down usingonly one hand. Available in two adjustable height versions andtwo fixed height versions.Supplied complete with safety rail Total Length09 117 4721 Adjustable Height Bench 1430mm £3450.0009 117 4739 Adjustable Height Bench 1930mm £3525.0009 117 4747 Fixed Height Bench 1430mm £1645.0009 117 4754 Fixed Height Bench 1930mm £1725.00Spares09 117 4762 Safety Rail 1636mm £359.0009 117 4770 Safety Rail 1200mm £359.00

1

1

1

FOLDED AWAY

BENCH WITH SAFETY RAIL


Clinic Furniture

MAXIMUM USER WEIGHTThe maximum user weight/load given for these products is dependent upon the correct choice of fixings for the mounting surface. For this reason, all rails should be installed by a person who has suitable qualifications and/or experience in installing this type of product, ensuring the fixtures are appropriate for the specific installation.

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 525


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Couches & Plinths

Paediatric Two Column HomecraftChanging Table

1

This height adjustable changing table is designed to assist with themoving and handling of children and adults while they are beingchanged. It has a height range of 520-1030mm (+100mm for Mobileversions with castors) to provide safe transfer heights and a safeworking height. The height adjustment is easily controlled using asimple battery powered rechargeable hand controller. It is availableas either a 1200mm or 1500mm length and with or without castors. It is brightly coloured to aid compliance and the strong and robustdesign ensures a long life with minimal maintenance. Two year guarantee.• Rechargeable Hand Controller

• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating

• Width 700mm. Two Length options. Height adjustable from 520 to1030mm on standard versions and 620 to 1130mm on mobileversions

Standard without Castors09 118 2781 Length 1200mm £959.0009 118 6923 Length 1500mm £995.00Mobile with Castors09 120 6085 Length 1200mm £1050.0009 120 6093 Length 1500mm £1095.00

This heavy duty paediatric two section electric couch is designedto the same height as standard Universal couches, but is brightlycoloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance.It is suitable for a wide range of therapy applications and thestrong, robust design ensures a long life with minimalmaintenance. 2 Year Guarantee.• Manufactured with anti-bacterial coating

• High quality 2 section universal couch

• Twin lift design

• Hand control operation

• Positive/negative head section

• Raising backrest from horizontal to 90º

• Mobile hoist clearance 16cm

• Breathing hole and plug

• Retractable wheels

• Height adjustment 500 - 920mm

• Upholstery: Length 1880mm (74") Width 650mm (25")

09 120 1110 £919.28

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/4st

Maximumuser weight

180kg

281/4st

4-6wks

4-6wks

1

2

Paediatric Two Section HomecraftUniversal Couch

2



NEW

NEW

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:25 Page 526

Couches & Plinths

1

2COT SIDES

2

Universal Changing Table Homecraft2

3

This changing table has excellent manoeuvrability due to retractablewheels and can be fitted with cot sides for patient safety. It featuresa strong, robust design and a two-year guarantee.• Hand switch control on electric model


• 23cm clearance for mobile hoist

Length 182cm (71"). Width 70cm (27").Height adjustment 50 - 92cm (19 - 36").AA9509H Hydraulic £864.12AA9509E Electric UK Plug £864.1209 116 4250 Electric EU Plug £864.12AA9527 Cot Sides - Pair £102.21

Paediatric Changing Table Homecraft1

The paediatric table is made to the same high standards as theUniversal Changing Table below but is brightly coloured making it more fun for children and aiding compliance. It is strong androbust and has a two-year guarantee.• Hand switch control on electric model


• 16cm clearance for mobile hoist

• Padded cot sides as standard

Length 150cm (59"). Width 70cm (27"). Width including cotside85cm (33"). Height adjustment 44 - 86cm (17 - 33"). Max overalllength when lowered 182cm (71"). Recommend a manuovreabilityclearance of 160cm (63") is allowed.AA95111 Electric UK Plug £919.2809 115 8104 Electric EU Plug £919.2809 115 8096 Hydraulic £897.65

SKM Changing Table3

This extremely versatile platform has a staggering height rangefrom 35 to 108cm and can carry a load of up to 100kg.Its attractive non-clinical design ensures it never looks out of place,wherever it is used. Safety is paramount and padded safety railsat the side and a steel back panel ensure containment on allsides when the operator is in front of the table. Mains poweredwith remote control. Available as standard or folding to savespace when not in use. The legs are not folding. Total distancefrom wall when folded 52cm (20"). Length 120cm (47").Width 70cm (27"). Height adjustment 35 - 108cm (13 - 42").Note: The SK Electronic Easychange is not intended for use inwet areas.AA95091 Folding £1649.29

Maximumuser weight

225kg

351/2st

NDD

Maximumuser weight

180kg

28st

NDD

3-4wks

3



Maximumuser weight

100kg

153/4st


Clinic Furniture

NEXTDAYDESPATCH

NEXTDAYDESPATCH


NDD

066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:26 Page 527


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Tilt Tables

11

1

1

2

Electric Adult Tilt Table Homecraft1

An economical tilt table that includes some outstanding features.Manufactured to a very high standard, it represents exceptionalvalue for money. Tilt tables are used extensively in functionalrehabilitation where the requirement to stand or be upright isof paramount importance. Standing can improve quality of life,assist in the natural gravitational functions of the body,re-educate balance mechanisms affected by long periods oflying and give a degree of independence. The design of this tilttable also means that the footboard can be removed so it can beused as a plinth featuring a negative head section and breathinghole with plug. With an extremely smooth movement, this tilttable is designed to promote confidence in both the client andthe therapist.Features• Smooth electric tilt operation• 0 to 90° tilt adjustment• Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement• Three straps for added client safety • Side handles to promote client confidence• Worktable as standard• Flame retardant upholstery• Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durability

Height 71cm. Length 183cm. Width 60cm.AA95139BUK Blue UK Plug £1568.18AA95139HUK Beige UK Plug £1568.18AA95139KUK Dark Blue UK Plug £1568.18AA95139GUK Black UK Plug £1568.18AA95139BEX Blue EU Plug £1568.18AA95139HEX Beige EU Plug £1568.18AA95139KEX Dark Blue EU Plug £1568.18AA95139GEX Black EU Plug £1568.18

Electric Paediatric Tilt Table Homecraft2

This electric tilt table has been especially designed for children,catering for a number of treatment requirements to improve thequality of life for the smaller patient. Brightly coloured in blue andred vinyl to promote compliance, it also features an adjustablepommel and pelvic supports to improve confidence for both thechild and the therapist.Features• Electric tilt operation• 0 to 90° tilt adjustment• Four large braking castors for safety and ease of movement• Height adjustable footboard and pommel• Adjustable pelvic supports• Flame retardant, brightly coloured upholstery• Steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durability

Height 65cm. Length 137.5cm. Width 48cm.AA95140UK UK Plug £1568.18AA95140EX EU Plug £1568.18

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

4-6wks

Maximumuser weight

60kg

91/2st

4-6wks



BLACK DARK BLUEBEIGE BLUE


066_EXPT_0521-0528:066_EXPT_0521-0528 23/11/09 18:26 Page 528


Clinic Furniture

Tilt Tables

1

1

2

2

1Akron Tilt Table1

The Akron Tilt Table has numerous applications in both examination andtreatment procedures. As a product it adds diagnostic value in vascularlaboratories, for haemodynamic assessments; in general ultrasounddepartments, for positional scanning and in cardiac departments for ‘tilt-testing’. Tilt tables are also used extensively in the area of functionalrehabilitation for disabled people where the requirement to stand or beupright is of paramount importance, where it improves the ‘quality of life’,assists the natural gravitational functions of the body, re-educates thebalance mechanisms affected by long periods of lying and gives a degreeof independence. A quick release option is available to enable the loweringof the table from a tilted position to horizontal in an emergency situationsuch as a clinical need for the user or during a mains power failure.Features• Electric height and electric tilt

• Full 90° of tilt

• Adjustable angle foot board

• Lowers to wheelchair height

• Large braking castors

• Tilt angle indicator

• Choice of four upholstery colours (see below)

Height 46 to 84cm. Length 190cm. Width 64cm. Accessories Included (Standard)• Work table (adjustable angle and removable)

• Hand grips (removable)

• Three fixation belts (thoracic, pelvic and knee)

Accessories Included (Split Leg)• Hand grips (removable)

• Three fixation belts (thoracic, pelvic and knee)

• Individual Knee Harness - Pair

Accessories2

A number of accessories are available that cater for users who requireadditional support during tilt table procedures. These accessories mustbe specified at the time of ordering.AA9528S Replacement Fixation Belts - Set of 3 £89.76AA9528F Adjustable Height Child Footboard* £95.17AA9528K Replacement Individual Knee Harness - Pair* £54.08AA9528P Adjustable Height Pommel* £65.97AA9528B Pelvic/Upper Body Supports - Pair £112.48AA9528H Sculptured Head Cushion £35.69AA9528Q Quick Release Option £178.45*The split leg version must be ordered for the fixation of these accessories.

Maximumuser weight

180kg

28st

4-6wks

BLACK DARK BLUE BEIGE BLUE


2

INDIVIDUAL KNEE HARNESSES

QUICK RELEASE OPTION

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT FOOTBOARD



Akron Tilt Table

Standard Split LegColour UK Plug EU Plug UK Plug EU Plug


£1620.00 £1620.00 £1700.00 £1700.00

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:26 Page 529


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Chairs & Stools

SPECKLEBLACK

SPECKLEPARCHMENT JADE NIMES

GREYSKY

BLUE

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 2 to 6 weeks.Please contact Customer Services for more information

3 4

1 Pneumatic Wheelie Stool1

A height adjustable wheelie stool with swivel castors for easymobility when sitting. Made from high density thick foam with awipe clean vinyl seat. Colours may vary. Seat height adjusts from41 to 54cm. Seat diameter 46cm.AA9524 £85.44

Multi-Purpose Stool3

This height adjustable stool benefits from a shaped cushion forbetter posture and circulation. Aluminium five star base and a singlelever height adjustment. Seat height 43 to 54cm. Weight 5kg.AA95008 £112.48

Saddle Stool4

A cost effective height adjustable saddle stool. Shaped toencourage better posture and circulation, when sitting for longperiods of time. Height adjustment: 560 to 740mm09 118 5891 £140.60

Gas-Lift Stools2

This high quality gas-lift stool features a deluxe comfortablepadded seat with anti-bacterial upholstery. Available in a choiceof colours. The five castors offer stability and ease of manoeuvrability.The seat is adjustable from 48 to 61cm. Available in a range ofcolours (see below).09 115 7320 Speckle Black £113.5609 115 7338 Speckle Parchment £113.5609 115 7353 Jade £113.5609 115 7361 Sky Blue £113.5609 115 7346 Nimes Grey £113.56

2

2wks

55

66

Buddi Stool5

A height and angle adjustable stool for therapists, designedto take the strain out of therapy time. Assists physiotherapistswhen working at a low level with disabled children. This enablesthe therapist to interact at eye level with the children they areattending, thus reducing the need for bending. The Buddi canbe tilted to benefit posture and is height adjustable by means ofa lever controlled gas lift. The Buddi has a five point base withcastors to aid manoeuvrability. An upholstered sleeve-on pad isalso included for extra comfort. Seat height with seat horizontal40 to 50cm or with seat angled forward 37 to 47cm. Seat width 37cm. Weight 6.9kg.AA9578 £189.26

Maximumuser weight

117kg

18st

Posture Stool6

The ergonomically designed posture stool helps to reducethe discomfort of sitting for long periods and improves seatedposture. Exceptional value for money, this high quality stool isfully height adjustable and the seat has a tilt facility for addedversatility. It is available with or without a backrest, in a rangeof colours (see below) to suit any clinic. Five-year guarantee.Height can be adjusted from 52 to 71cm.

ColourAA95061H Without Backrest Sand £340.67AA95061B Without Backrest Space Blue £340.67AA95061K Without Backrest Imperial Blue £340.67AA95061G Without Backrest Forest £340.67AA95062H With Backrest Sand £475.86AA95062B With Backrest Space Blue £475.86AA95062K With Backrest Imperial Blue £475.86AA95062G With Backrest Forest £475.86

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.MADE TO ORDERThis item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

SAND SPACE BLUE IMPERIAL BLUE FOREST

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:26 Page 530


Gas-Lift Chairs1

A comfortable therapy chair with a thick padded seat and backcovered in durable wipe clean upholstery. The five-point basewith castors aids manoeuvrability. Gas-lift, seat height isadjustable from 45 to 59cm. Available in a range of colours(see below), with or without arms.AA95070 Without Arms Speckle Black £124.37AA95071 Without Arms Speckle Parchment £124.37AA95072 Without Arms Jade £124.37AA95073 Without Arms Sky Blue £124.37AA95074 Without Arms Nimes Grey £124.37AA95075 With Arms Speckle Black £136.27AA95076 With Arms Speckle Parchment £136.27AA95077 With Arms Jade £136.27AA95078 With Arms Sky Blue £136.27AA95079 With Arms Nimes Grey £136.27

Advance Chair2

A comfortable height and tilt adjustable chair, with a contouredseat, and lumber support backrest to encourage correct posture.Height Adjustment 500 to 630mm (19.6 to 24.8"). Available in arange of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment.09 118 8614 £394.75

Five Star Chair3

A comfortable height and tilt adjustable chair, with a shaped andcontoured seat, and lumber support backrest to encouragecorrect posture. Height Adjustment 510 to 710mm (20 to 28"). Available in a range of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment.09 118 8663 £394.75

Gemini Chair Standard4

A comfortable height adjustable chair, with lumber supportbackrest. Aluminium base with twin wheel castors. Chassis andmetalwork finished in RAL 9002 cream.Height Adjustment 480 to 610mm (18.9 to 24"). Available in arange of colours (see below) to suit any clinic environment.09 118 8697 £351.49

Gemini Stool with Swing Around Support5

A comfortable height adjustable stool with a swing aroundsupport. Aluminium base with twin wheel castors. Chassis andmetalwork finished in RAL 9002 cream. Height Adjustment 550 to 730mm (21.6 to 28.7"). Available in a range of colours(see below) to suit any clinic environment.09 118 8671 £486.68

SPECKLEBLACK

SPECKLEPARCHMENT JADE NIMES

GREYSKY

BLUE

2wks


11

32

54

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.SAND SPACE BLUE IMPERIAL BLUE FOREST

Clinic Furniture


Chairs & Stools

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:26 Page 531

Chairs & Stools

The Salli Saddle Chair is changing the way that people think of sitting atwork. By giving your lower back and pelvis a neutral position whilst sitting,it has enormous benefits to posture, flexibility and core strength.

The ingenious design encourages healthy sitting, which eases back andneck pain and increases circulation.Other benefits include:• Stress on your knees and hip diminishes

• Better posture deepens the breathing and prevents the user from becoming tired.

• Easy to manoeuvre between patients, instruments, couches and tables

• Leaning forward turning and reaching are effortless

• Use of legs and back creates a training effect which strengthens the back muscles

• Easy to mount/dismount

• Easy to use in manual therapy

Enables those who work in what are traditionally considered to be “standing professions” i.e. physiotherapists, masseurs etc. to work while sitting.

Salli MultiAdjuster Saddle Chair1

Salli MultiAdjuster is an excellent and versatile saddle chairadjustable for all users. The seat is divided into two parts,making full-time work possible for both genders. Hand controlledseat height adjustment with gas spring. The width of the seat andthe inclination of the seat is also easily adjustable to suit everyuser. Product Weight 11.5kg (1.8st). See product codes in table opposite.

Salli Twin Saddle Chair2

Salli Twin is excellent all-round saddle chair designed with a two part divided seat for added comfort making it suitable forboth genders. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring.The inclination of the seat is also easily adjustable to suit every user. Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codesin table opposite.

Salli Swing Saddle Chair3

Salli Swing saddle chair has a rocking mechanism that enablesthe seat to be tilted into every direction without a separateadjustment lever. This makes it possible for the user to exercisewhile sitting, which adds to the mobility and metabolism of thelower back, and activates the whole body. The Swing has a two part divided seat for added comfort making it suitable forboth genders. Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring.Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codes in table opposite.

Salli Strong Saddle Chair4

The Salli Strong has a two part divided seat for added comfortmaking it suitable for both genders. Hand controlled heightadjustment with gas spring and inclination adjustment as standard.Suitable for more heavy-duty use and larger individuals, withspecial strong design, and large base Ø 600mm. No accessoriescan be mounted to the chair. Product Weight 13kg (2st). See product codes in table opposite.

Salli Classic Saddle Chair5

Good all-round saddle chair for women. Not recommended formen except for short periods of time. With a solid seat design.Hand controlled height adjustment with gas spring. The inclinationof the seat is also easily adjustable to suit every user. Product Weight 10.5 kg (1.65st). See product codes in table opposite.

1 2 3 4

CONVENTIONALSEATINGPOSTURE

SALLISEATINGPOSTURE

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

150kg

231/2st

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:26 Page 532

Chairs & Stools

Seat Top6

• Add-on-seat to be placed onto a conventional chair. Now youcan take your saddle seat with you everywhere you go.

• Gives practically the same ergonomic benefits as other SalliSaddle Chairs (better back health, more relaxed shoulders,deeper breathing, better circulation in legs and feet, improvedgenital health as a result of the gap in the seat, etc.).

• Leather upholstery, divided seat

• Width 43 cm, height 13,5 cm, length from back to front 38 cm.

• Weight 5.8 kg (0.9st)

09 120 2845 Black £204.97

Stretching Back Support7

For momentary stretching. Height and inclination adjustments.Suitable for all chair models (except Salli Strong), must beordered at the time of ordering Salli Saddle Chair. Stretching backsupport always comes in the same upholstery as the seat andwith a large base (600mm diameter).09 120 1318 £108.15

Foot Height Control8

Makes it possible to adjust the height without touching by hands clean environments. Must be ordered at the time ofordering Salli Saddle Chair.09 117 7492 £189.26

Seat Cover9

Cotton seat cover is available in blue or green. It protects theseat and is water resistant. 09 117 7518 Blue £17.8509 131 2065 Green £17.85

Accessories

Model Medium Gas Spring Medium Gas Spring Base Diameter Castors Diameter User Height(Hand Adjustment) (Hand /Foot Adjustment)

Seat Height Adjustment

MultiAdjuster 58-77cm (223/4 - 301/3") 56-75cm (22 - 294/5") 540mm (211/4") 65mm (251/2") 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)

Twin 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 540mm (211/4") 65mm (251/2") 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)Swing 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 540mm (211/4") 65mm (251/2") 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)Strong 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 57-76cm (221/2 - 294/5") 600mm (231/2") 65mm (251/2") 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)Classic 59-78cm (231/4 - 303/4") 56-75cm (22 - 291/2") 540mm (211/4") 65mm (251/2") 150-175cm (44/5 - 53/4ft)

CHAIR DIMENSIONS

Model Black Terracotta Steel Grey

MultiAdjuster 09 117 7435 09 120 2910 09 120 2928Twin 09 117 7443 09 120 2936 09 120 3074 £308.23Swing 09 120 2829 09 120 2878 09 120 2886Strong 09 120 2837 09 120 2852 09 120 2860 £391.40Classic 09 117 7450 09 120 2894 09 120 2902

PRODUCT CODES / COLOURS

5 6

6

7 8

9

BLACK TERRACOTTA STEEL GREY


Clinic Furniture

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:27 Page 533


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Therapy Stools & Benches

Therapy Stool and Bench5

To be used by therapists, teachers and parents, these stools and benches are padded, mobile and height adjustable. Stools are available with or without lockable castors.Therapy Stool490 x 540mm, height adjustment 360-460mm.AA75362 Swivel Castors £145.00AA75363 Lockable Castors £189.26

Therapy Benches3

These therapy benches have adjustable height and are designedto angle along or across the bench surface. They are available inthree sizes and two widths. The ends have a side slot for easysafe and positive adjustment.Short Height Length WidthAA75315N 195-295mm 610mm 250mm £295.00AA75315W 195-295mm 610mm 300mm £255.00MediumAA75316N 280-455mm 820mm 300mm £269.00AA75316W 280-455mm 820mm 380mm £285.00HighAA75317N 415-705mm 820mm 325mm £299.00AA75317W 415-705mm 820mm 380mm £320.00

Wheely Therapy Stool4

Designed for use by therapists, teachers and parents whenworking at floor level with children. They are adjustable in heightto suit the individual and for stability. They should be used bysitting astride the narrower side. Available with a Red seat or a Green seat. Height 340-460mm(13 to 18"). Length 450mm (171/2"). Width 370mm (141/2").AA75312F Red £161.14AA75312G Green £161.14

Maximumuser weight

80kg

121/2st

Maximumuser weight

100kg

153/4st

Maximumuser weight

100kg

153/4st

SDD

SDD

SDD

Adjustable Therapy Benches Homecraft1

These Adjustable Therapy Benches are ideal for use bytherapists or parents when working with children who do notneed back support but need a seat that can be adjusted so thattheir feet rest on the floor. The height is easy to adjust and theseat can be tilted, which places more weight on the child’s feetand aids postural control. Available in two sizes.

Width Length Height09 120 7232 Small 270mm 660mm 180-280mm £179.0009 120 7240 Large 360mm 800mm 270-430mm £250.00

Mobile Therapy Stool Homecraft2

This Therapy Stool is designed for use by therapists, teachers orparents. The stool has a padded seat with a colourful vinylcovering to aid compliance. The height is adjustable from 340-460mm (13-18") and the stool has lockable castors foradded security. Measures 450 x 370mm (173/4 x 141/2")09 120 6887 £135.00

SDD

1

4


SDD

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

NEW

2

5

NEW

3 SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:27 Page 534

Screens & Mirrors

1

3

2 4

Mobile Folding Screens1

These unique screens feature smooth panels that are easyto clean or replace. Available in four or five sections, with eitherplain white, coloured patchwork or bubble design panels.Fold flat for ease of storage. Two-year warranty.Four section: Length 250cm. Width 39cm. Height 182cm.Five section: Length 310cm. Width 39cm. Height 182cm.

AA95034W White Four Section SDD £264.97AA95034B Patchwork Blue Four Section SDD £297.41AA95034G Patchwork Green Four Section £297.41AA95034Y Patchwork Beige Four Section £297.41AA95034U Bubbles Four Section £297.41

AA95035W White Five Section £340.67AA95035B Patchwork Blue Five Section £362.30AA95035G Patchwork Green Five Section £362.30AA95035Y Patchwork Beige Five Section SDD £362.30AA95035U Bubbles Five Section £362.30

Three-Panel Screen2

A portable, ample sized privacy curtain. Each panel measures 69 x 124cm and overall height is 175cm. Frame is 2.5cmanodised aluminum tubing. The washable, replaceable curtainsare flame retardant, bacteriostatic 6ml white vinyl. 5.1cm twinwheel castors allow for easy movement. Weight 6.75kg. 920986 £147.08

Glass Mirrors Sammons Preston3

For educational and therapy programmes where a reflectiveglass surface is preferred. Heavy plate glass with electroplatedcopper produces bright, distortion free images. Oak laminateframe provides an attractive appearance. The single sectionmirror and each panel of the three section mirror measure69cm wide and 183cm high and may be locked into position.Both mirrors include brackets for mounting to a wall, and castorsfor a free standing unit.5350 Single Section £351.495351 Three Section £647.82

4-6wks

Posture Mirrors4

Posture mirrors can be used for postural re-education andfeedback for normal movement. Glass is bonded to laminate foradded safety. Available on a hinged frame with castors for easymanoeuvrability and adjustability or as a wall mounted mirror.Panel size 120 x 36cm.AA9569 Mobile £262.27AA9569W Wall Mounted SDD £183.86

4-6wks

WHITE BUBBLES

PATCHWORK GREEN PATCHWORK BEIGE

PATCHWORK BLUE


2wksSDD

SDD


Clinic Furniture

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

11


SDD

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:27 Page 535

Trolleys & Cabinets

Vista 501

Vista 50 trolleys are available with a choice of either six single traysor four single trays and one deep tray making them versatileenough for any clinic. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm.

Colour ConfigurationAA9500BC Clear 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90AA9500BB Blue 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90AA9500BG Green 4 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £356.90AA9500MC Clear 6 Trays £356.90AA9500MB Blue 6 Trays £356.90AA9500MG Green 6 Trays £356.90

Vista Multi-Purpose TrolleysA practical, durable range of trolleys supplied fullyassembled with a two-year warranty. The removabletrays feature tray labels with covers as standard and arestrong and easy to clean. The removable top shelf hasan upstand on three sides to prevent items rolling off.

Vista 302

Vista 30 trolleys provide maximum storage in a compact design.They feature two shallow trays and two deep trays to suit a rangeof requirements. Width 39cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm.AA9500VC Clear £300.66AA9500VB Blue £300.66AA9500VG Green £300.66

Vista 203

Vista 20 trolleys have a lower height of just 78cm so that they fitunder a work surface. Available with four trays or two trays with a deep tray. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 78cm.

Colour Configuration09 115 7171 Clear 4 Trays £308.2309 115 7163 Blue 4 Trays £308.2309 115 7189 Green 4 Trays £308.2309 115 7205 Clear 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.2309 115 7197 Blue 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.2309 115 7213 Green 2 Shallow Trays, 1 Deep Tray £308.23

Accessories4

09 115 7221 Locking door for Vista 50 (6 trays) £83.2809 115 7239 Locking door for Vista 50 (4 trays with basket) £83.2809 115 7262 Locking door for Vista 30 £75.7109 115 7247 Locking door for Vista 20 (4 trays) £71.3809 115 7254 Locking door for Vista 20 (2 trays with basket) £71.38AA9500AB Protective Buffers - Set of 4 £23.79AA9500AT Tray Dividers for Vista 50 Trays £14.06AA9500AN Tray Dividers for Deep Vista 30 Trays £14.06

Dressing Trolley5

This durable trolley is designed for everyday use. Made fromstrong epoxy coated steel with glass effect safety shelves thatdo not shatter like normal glass. The top tray has a unique lift-offdesign with integral handles. Supplied fully assembled. Two-year warranty. Width 46cm. Depth 52cm. Height 86cm.AA9500D3 3 Shelves £243.34AA9500D2 2 Shelves £202.24

Surgical Trolley6

Similar to the Dressing Trolley above but with a stainless steelframe and shelves. Two-year warranty. Width 46cm. Depth 52cm.Height 86cm.AA9500S3 3 Shelves £317.96AA9500S2 2 Shelves £264.97

654

11

22

3 3

44

PROTECTIVE BUFFERSTRAY DIVIDERS AND LABELS

LOCKING DOOR

2wks

2wks

2wks

SDD


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

067_EXPT_0529-0536:067_EXPT_0529-0536 23/11/09 18:27 Page 536

21

3

4 5

Economy Multi-Purpose Trolley1

Features a removable clear tray with label and cover and anadjustable shelf with two height settings. The white epoxy coatedframe offers durability and ease of cleaning. Twin wheel castorsaid movement. Width 56cm. Depth 52cm. Height 101cm.AA9500E £178.45

Gym/Equipment Trolley4

A durable and practical storage trolley for large or awkwardequipment. Made from epoxy coated steel with castors for easymanoeuvrability. Length 127cm. Width 66cm. Height 106cm. AA9516 £378.53

Lockable Cabinets5

Lockable cabinets conforms to both the Misuse of Drugs(Safe Custody Regulation) 1973 and exceeds British StandardBS 2881:1989 Security Level 1. The locking mechanism complieswith BS 3621:1998 so keys cannot be removed if left open and ithas more than 1000 combinations. They are constructed from16 gauge steel with hardened hinges for security.

Height Width Depth09 115 7270 25cm 20cm 20cm £270.3809 115 7288 40cm 30cm 20cm £317.9609 115 7296 50cm 40cm 25cm £340.6709 115 7304 60cm 50cm 30cm £394.7509 115 7312 60cm 60cm 30cm £443.42

Economy Trolley2

Stainless Steel Trolleys3

It features three 40 x 50cm shelves, all with a lip to prevent itemsfrom falling off. It has a hardwearing white finish and two of thecastors are braked. Height 69cm.AA95088 £107.07

Three-Shelf Trolley

554071 Width 35.5cm. Depth 35.5cm. £164.66Height 76.2cm.

Three-Shelf Trolley with Drawer

554072 Width 53.3cm. Depth 40.6cm. £367.71Height 76.2cm.

Three-Shelf Trolley with Handle

554073 Width 61cm. Depth 40.6cm. £210.89Height 81.3cm.

Three-Shelf Trolley with Locking Cabinet

554074 Width 53.3cm. Depth 40.6cm. £302.82Height 76.2cm

D

C

B

A

These stainless steel utility trolleys are constructedfrom heavy duty, polished stainless steel. All shelvesfeature thick, 22 gauge steel shelves with double thick16 gauge legs. 360° rotating castors are standard on all models. Holds up to 135kg.

SDD

SDD

SDD

SDD

2wks


SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

A

C

B

D

SAMEDAYDESPATCH


Clinic Furniture

Trolleys & Cabinets

SAMEDAYDESPATCH


SDD

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:27 Page 537

Clinical Finish

We provide innovative moderndesigns that complement moderninteriors, clinics, offices and all areas that require attention to detail.While also offering the durability,flexibility, and practicality required in the healthcare sector. We combine styling with quality buildstandards, which makes our furnitureand designs practical and durable. A product that will meet and farexceed the HTM63 specification asrequired by the Department of Health,giving you confidence that quality willnot be comprised. We can providefull project management including

scheduling, site surveys and design /cad facilities. Our philosophy is toensure we develop a workingrelationship with you or your team.There is no project too small or too large. Our partners have over 20 yearsexperience in surgery, clinic andhospital installations. Each environmentwill be individually designed to meetyour requirements. We offer ComputerAssisted Design with plans, elevationsand service diagrams to help youplan your project. Advice can begiven on complete design, receptionareas, colour schemes etc if required.

Have your new clinicDESIGNED, BUILT and FITTED BY EXPERTS.

• FREE NO OBLIGATIONQUOTATION

• FREE ON-SITE DESIGNSERVICE

• FROM CONCEPT TOFINISHED CLINIC

• FINANCE AVAILABLE

Please call Customer Services for further information

BESPOKEDesign Service

BUILTON-TIME

AND WITHINBUDGET

GUARANTEED

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:27 Page 538

1

2

Compact Podiatry Unit1

The Compact podiatry unit makes every clinic stand out from the rest with its scratchproof worktop and rubber-treadcastor wheels.They come equipped with a range of accessories:• Instruments table (up to 4 instruments)

• 3 function unit (air, water, spray)

• Suction complete with dust bag

• Micromotor suitable for a podiatry handpiece

• Reservoir for water or disinfectant liquids (capacity 1 litre)

• Foot pedal controls

• Micromotor reverse switch, can be adjusted through console

• Micromotor speed adjustment through the console

• External pneumatic feeding provision

• A choice of colours are available to suit your clinic

• Made to specific customer requirements

Please contact Customer Services for further information onthis product or to place an order.

Saturn Unit2

• A handcrafted unit, made with the finest materials

• The unique Corian® top ensures durability, and the ability tosurvive impacts, nicks and cuts. It has also been tested forresistance to stains and most acids

• Touch-latch drawer system for ease of operation andmaintaining a hygienic environment; simply press the front andthe drawer will glide out

• The unit's clean lines and sleek surfaces are not only stylishand contemporary in appearance, but also hardwearing andeasy to maintain

• Very sturdy and comes with two lockable wheels

• A power cable and extra socket are supplied with the unit sothat a drill and lamp can be powered from it

021986 £988.90BESTSELLER

WorkstationsC

linic Furniture




068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:27 Page 539


1

2

Orion Unit1

This is a solid, hand made cabinet ideal for those clinics withminimum storage space.Features• An optimum working level to reduce stress on the

shoulder and back

• A pull up section to store 25cm couch roll

• 2 drawers to store dressings and blades

• A spacious drawer and cupboard compartment with morestorage space for larger tools and care products

• Drawers held securely in place using magnetic strips

• Supplied with power cable so you can use a drill or lamp fromthe unit

Specification• Height - 74cm

• Working height - 61cm

• Width - 60cm

• Depth - 39.5cm

016432 £608.58

Midi Unit with UV2

The Midi Unit with UV combines an extremely attractive up-to-date appearance with a quality and functionality that fulfils all your requirements.The exclusive model has an elegant design with slightly roundedfront section and satin steel finished handles.Features• Pull-out compartment for easy access to equipment

• Grip position for working with the hand-piece ideal for both left and right handed people

• Perfect instrument hygiene thanks to the UV compartment withthree instrument trays

• Self-closing UV compartment using slow motion cushionclosing: push gently to close and the compartment stops 4 to 5 cm before it is fully closed and then fastens slowly so that instruments are not disturbed

• Drawer for small instruments

• Drawers with high quality bearing supported runners that areeasy running

• Spacious drawer compartment with more storage space forlarger tools and care products

• Ballbearing base for secure positioning

016433BLU £902.95

Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Workstations

BESTSELLER


068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:28 Page 540


Workstations

Mini Unit1

This is a compact and neat unit that combines simplicity withquality and value for money.Features• Dual working levels increase working space

• 3 spacious draws to hold all podiatry equipment

• The draws are held securely in place using magnetic strips

• Supplied with a power cable so you can use a drill or lampfrom the unit

Specification• Height - 71cm

• Width - 50.5cm

• Depth - 41cm

016435 £542.10

Caravel Dressing Trolley2

A stylish and immensely practical dressing trolley of Italiandesign. In a white ABS plastic, the whole cabinet is a honeycombof 10 useful storage compartments. The format of the three-tiertrolley can be arranged to suit your needs.004268 £219.40

Mayo Stainless Steel Table3

The Mayo table is a stainless steel, height adjustable tablefeaturing a lipped tray to stop instruments rolling off, mounted on a single strut and a sturdy base with four castors. Use whencarrying out surgical procedures.007733 £262.90Spare Tray007734 £34.65

Trolley with Drawer and Tray4

This functional trolley features a large storage drawer and handymesh tray. It has a sturdy powder coated steel frame and fourcastors for easy manoeuvrability. Two castors are braked forsecurity when use. Height 66cm. Width 60cm. Depth 42cm.Weight 16kg.009738 £173.09

1

2 3

4

Clinic Furniture

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:28 Page 541

Work Tables

2

3 4

1 Adjustable Arm Table1

An extremely comfortable, padded arm table, which tilts acrossa range of angles and rotates on a set of braked castors.Particularly useful during evaluation and rehabilitation. Length 60cm.Width 30cm. Height adjustable from 75cm to 115cm. AA95401 £183.86

Arm Table2

A strongly constructed hardwood arm table made from beechwith a Formica top. Length 61cm. Width 30cm. Height 71cm.AA9520 £118.97

Tilting Easel Homecraft3

This high quality tilting easel transforms a standard flat table intoa tilting work surface. Can be used at any angle from horizontalto vertical. A lip at the bottom of the easel supports most activityboards and is removable to give a flat surface. Height 70cm.Length 70cm.AA95402 £113.56

Easel Rolyan4

For cognitive perceptual activities and range of motion exercises.Simplifies providing graded activities. Supports almost anyactivity board, such as puzzle boards and peg boards.Adjust shelf position to increase or decrease distance andangle of reach - shelf can be placed in any position on easel.Angle adjusts from 15° to 75° in increments of 10°. Slip resistantfeet prevent easel from moving during activity. Easel folds forconvenient storage. Plastic. Clean with a hard surface disinfectant.Measures 66cm high and 46cm wide with 4.4cm deep shelf.A405800 £140.60


Variheight Table5

The Variheight Table is manufactured to an optimum size formost environments, whether for single use or in a group. It is fully adjustable in height, enabling it to suit users of differingages and circumstances. Low gearing and a detachable handlemake height adjustment easy without removing any article fromthe tabletop. The table frame is made from heavy duty steel witha grey nylon epoxy coating. The tabletop is covered in a yellowmelamine coating for added protection. The table is available intwo models, the standard version or the lowline version.Both models are available with a plain flat surface or a tilttop version.DimensionsAA75313S Standard Model £919.0009 116 8137 Tilt Top Version £1159.00Tabletop size 914 x 762mm (36 x 30")Height adjustment range 610-914mm (24-36") AA75313L Lowline Model £879.0009 116 8145 Tilt Top Version £1099.00Tabletop size 914 x 762mm (36 x 30")Height adjustment range 305-686mm (12-27")

5

LOW MODEL TILT TOP

STANDARD

5

5

4wks

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:28 Page 542

Work Tables

1

2Universal OT Table Homecraft1

A work table for general occupational therapy use with anadjustable angle laminated work surface and a variable height.• Hand switch control on electric model

• Large locking castors for mobility

• Optional knee block and standing harness

• Wheelchair cut-out

Dimensions: Height 50-92cm. Length 152cm. Width 70cm.AA9508H OT Table - Hydraulic £919.82AA9508E OT Table - Electric £940.91AA9508 Padded Knee Block & Standing Harness £96.25

Treatment Table2

This height adjustable treatment table features a scratch resistant greylaminate top with wheelchair cut-out. The top angles from 0° to 45°and the height of the table is adjustable from 74 to 112cm. A 6.4mmraised metal edge round the table top prevents items from sliding off.Folds easily for storage when not in use. Weight 19kg. Washable.A96160 £323.37

SDD

Clinic Furniture


SAMEDAYDESPATCH


SDD

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:28 Page 543


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Work Tables

90 x 60 Vision Height Adjustable Table1

• Width 90cm (35")

• Depth 60cm (23")

• Height Adjustment: 50 to 70cm (19 to 27") Low 60 to 90cm (23 to 35") High

• Electric or Manual Height Adjustment

Vision is the new range of modern height adjustable Ropox tables. The Vision comprises of tablesand accessories for a variety of activities. The tables are available in sizes to suit an individual orseveral people sharing. The beautiful and functional design was developed for people moving aroundwith or without help. For children and adults alike who want the freedom to pursue their activities.

All Vision tables have soft round corners, and are provided with two inconspicuous castors at theback, making it easy to draw the table closer. Plain feet at the front give the tables extra stability.

1 SECTIONTILT

2 SECTIONRIGHT HAND TILT

2 SECTIONLEFT HAND TILT

1 SECTIONNO TILT

Height & Colour No Tilt 1 Section Tilt 2 Section Tilt (RH) 2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White 09 120 3108 09 118 7863 09 118 7905 09 118 7954High Light Grey 09 120 3116 09 118 7392 09 118 7418 09 118 7400High Dark Grey 09 120 3124 09 118 7087 09 118 7129 09 118 7111Low White 09 120 3090 09 118 7871 09 118 7913 09 118 7970Low Light Grey 09 120 1870 09 118 7343 09 118 7046 09 118 7350Low Dark Grey 09 120 3082 09 118 7020 09 118 7061 09 118 7657

90 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - MANUAL

Height & Colour No Tilt 1 Section Tilt 2 Section Tilt (RH) 2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White 09 120 3181 09 118 7848 09 118 7889 09 118 7921High Light Grey 09 120 3173 09 118 7475 09 118 7517 09 118 7582High Dark Grey 09 120 3165 09 118 7293 09 118 7327 09 118 7319Low White 09 120 3157 09 118 7855 09 118 7897 09 118 7939Low Light Grey 09 120 3140 09 118 7442 09 118 7509 09 118 7632Low Dark Grey 09 120 3132 09 118 7145 09 118 7285 09 118 7277

90 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - ELECTRIC

1

1

068_EXPT_0537-0544:068_EXPT_0537-0544 23/11/09 18:28 Page 544


Clinic Furniture

Work Tables

120 x 60 Vision Height Adjustable Table2

• Width 120cm (47")

• Depth 60cm (23")

• Height Adjustment: 50 to 70cm (19 to 27") Low60 to 90cm (23 to 35") High

• Electric or Manual Height Adjustment

Accessories

MagRule3

This magnetic rule helps keep reading material and workdocuments in place, even when the table is tilted.09 118 8838 £124.37

Arm Support4

The arm support simply clips into place to provide extra supportexactly where it is needed.09 118 8846 £400.16

MAGRULE ARM SUPPORT CORNER

CASTORS HANDLE ELECTRIC ADJUST

Height & Colour 1 Section Tilt 2 Section Tilt (RH) 2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White 09 118 8267 09 118 8382 09 118 8531High Light Grey 09 118 8242 09 118 8374 09 118 8523High Dark Grey 09 118 8226 09 118 8366 09 118 8515Low White 09 118 8291 09 118 8416 09 118 8564Low Light Grey 09 118 8283 09 118 8408 09 118 8556Low Dark Grey 09 118 8275 09 118 8390 09 118 8549

120 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - MANUAL

Height & Colour 1 Section Tilt 2 Section Tilt (RH) 2 Section Tilt (LH)

High White 09 118 8150 09 118 8325 09 118 8465High Light Grey 09 118 8135 09 118 8317 09 118 8457High Dark Grey 09 118 8127 09 118 8309 09 118 8432Low White 09 118 8218 09 118 8358 09 118 8507Low Light Grey 09 118 8192 09 118 8341 09 118 8499Low Dark Grey 09 118 8176 09 118 8333 09 118 8481

120 x 60 VISION HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TABLE - ELECTRIC

2

2

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:28 Page 545


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Work Tables

Easywind™ Group Table2

This multi-purpose table is ideal for a range of activities includingcraftwork, dining, classroom activities and computer work andthe special hardwearing laminate finish tabletop makes it easyto clean. It can be accessed by a number of seated users andis height adjustable via use of an easy-to-use wind-up crankhandle. Locking wheels aid transport when the table is not inuse. Available in a standard or junior version. Length 160cm.Depth 85cm. Height of standard table 60 to 86cm.Height of junior table 52 to 66cm.AA95092 Standard £632.68AA95093 Junior £632.68

2

3

4

Activity Easywind™ Tilt Table1

The Activity Easywind Tilt Table is an incredibly flexible, heightadjustable table. It features a stainless steel basin that can beused for water play with a lockable timber infill for when the basinis not in use. The table has an adjustable angled surface with lip,and twin wheels that lock, ensuring that the table will not slip orpivot, leaving the user free to concentrate on the activity at hand.Available in standard or junior versions. Length 90cm. Width 60cm. Tilt 0° to 40°.

Height AdjustmentAA95094 Standard 60-86cm £702.98AA95095 Junior 52-66cm £702.98

1 1

4wks

Dual Level Work Table3

This innovative table is designed to enable the integration ofwheelchair users with their peers. Because the table has twohalves that are independently height adjustable, it is suitable touse with wheelchairs and standard chairs, and for children withbigger or smaller growth. Height 60 to 86cm. Length 120cm.Depth 38cm.AA95096C £621.86

Midland™ Laminate Top SammonsAdjustable Work Table Preston

4

Height adjusts from 66 to 97cm with easy to turn crank handle.The crank handle stores conveniently under the table when not in use. A durable, easy to maintain 4cm thick Formica top resistsdents and scratches. The smaller 71 x 152cm tabletop savesspace, while the larger 122 x 168cm model accommodates six clients. Five-year warranty.8858B Small £1140.988859B Large £1249.13

4wks



069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:28 Page 546


Clinic Furniture

Work Tables

1

2

2

Economy Group Therapy Table2

These value for money group therapy tables are available in three shapes to provide a variety of options. The 120cm diameter round table provides ample workspace for four clientsin wheelchairs, while the 120 x 120cm square and pentagon tables can be tessellated to produce a much larger work space.A hydraulic mechanism easily raises the work surface from 61cm to 114cm. AA95051R Round £275.78AA95051S Square £275.78AA95051P Pentagon £275.78

4wks


2


Ropox Column Table1

The Column Table from Ropox is a flexible group table solutionoffering various combinations. The table is available with a half-oval or square tabletop. The half-oval tabletop is 120 x 110cmwith solid beech edges on three sides and the square tabletopis 110 x 110cm with solid beech edges on two sides. Both typesare adjustable in height between 65 and 81cm by means of acrank handle. The tables can be combined so that several clientscan sit at the same table but at various heights. Thus, individualheight requirements are considered at the same table. One ofthe feet has a built in wheel for ease of transportation.AA95105 Square £1065.28AA95106 Half-Oval £1108.54

3

Ropox Multi Ergotable4

A table designed to ensure proper working postures for both theuser and the therapist, helping to obtain optimum rehabilitationresults. The Multi Ergotable is a height-adjustable worktable withcutouts at the front and back to support the body and forearms.The table is ideal for situations where the user and therapist needto be sitting close together opposite each other. Included are two40cm diameter boomerangs, which can be easily fitted into thecut-outs to reduce their depth, and a moon-shape, which is usedwhen only one cut-out is required. 30cm diameter boomerangsand additional moon-shapes are available. Length 90cm. Width 70cm. Height adjustable from 57 to 77cm.AA95109 Multi Ergotable £1476.25AA95109B 30cm Diameter Boomerang £45.42AA95109M Moon-Shape £45.42

Ropox Ergotable3

The Ergotable is a high quality, tilting table for rehabilitationsettings. It is available with a choice of three tabletops to suit arange of applications. The tilting top is magnetic so paper can beheld in place with magnets and magnetic stimuli can be used.Glide feet come as standard and there is the option of fourhardwearing, lockable castors to aid ease of manoeuvrability.The top tilts in steps from horizontal to 54°. Full length 90cm.Length of tilting portion on split top tables 60cm. Width 60cm.Height adjustable from 56 to 84cm.AA95107S Standard Top £751.64AA95107R Right Hand Side Tilt £724.61AA95107L Left Hand Side Tilt £724.61AA95108 Optional Castors £85.17

4 4

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:28 Page 547

1

32

Step Stool1

A simple, sturdy stool consisting of a chrome plated steel framewith a non-slip rubber mat. Rubber ferrules provide good grip onslippery surfaces. Top area 28 x 36cm. Base area 30.5 x 41cm.Height 22.5cm. AA6550 £24.95

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Step Stool with Handrail2

A sturdy, stool with chrome plated steel frame. The stool has a non-slip textured mat on the surface. The rail, attached to one side of the step, helps to give the user extra confidence andstability. Rubber ferrules provide good grip on slippery surfaces.Top area 28 x 36cm. Base area 30.5 x 41cm. Height 22.5cm. AA6551 £38.75

Superlite Alloy Deluxe Stepladder3

This deluxe stepladder is manufactured from aircraft grade alloyand weighs less than 2kg, yet it will hold a load of 100kgs. It hasanodised super grip steps and a large round safety rail with asoft ergonomic rubber grip. Rubber feet ensure that the ladder isstable. Folds flat for easy storage. 09 120 4593 £47.49

Non-Slip Double Stepper4

A new health and safety regulated non-slip double stepper.Manufactured from heavy duty flat sided oval finished steel inhigh gloss powder coating. Height 33cm. Width 45cm.Depth 37cm. Weight 7kg.AA95011 £102.74

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Couch Step5

This exceptionally stable, anti-tip couch step has a uniqueelliptical shape and a large, grooved anti-slip surface.Rubber feet prevent movement. Height 15cm. Width 54cm.Depth 32cm. AA95026 £70.30

Maximumuser weight

130kg

201/4st

Maximumuser weight

130kg

201/4st

Double Tier Couch Step6

This couch step is the double tier version of the couch stepabove and features all the same high quality characteristics.Width 57cm. Depth 48cm. Height 40cm.AA95027 £162.23

4

5 6

Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Steps & Step Ladders


Maximumuser weight

100kg

153/4st

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:29 Page 548

Training Steps & Ramps

Ramp and Step Set2

Curb and Ramp Training Set3

1

11

2

3

Nesting Step Stools1

This set of wooden step stools is ideal for body mechanics andposture training when standing, to use at a desk or duringseated mat activities. Non slip rubber surfaces prevents slipping.Nest for storage. Can be wiped clean. Set of four includes thefollowing sizes:Height Width Depth20cm 50cm 45cm15cm 45cm 40cm10cm 40cm 35cm5cm 35cm 30cmAA9552 £237.93

Great value for money, this ramp and step set can be used for awhole range of rehabilitation activities including ramp training,posture training and body mechanics. All surfaces are coveredwith non-slip rubber to provide safety and promote confidence.Can be wiped clean. Ramp platform measures 100 x 120cm.Ramp incline is 1:6. Three steps include the following sizes:Height Width Depth5cm 70cm 40cm10cm 80cm 40cm15cm 90cm 40cm20cm 100cm 100cmAA95085 £421.79

Three steps with handles nest under the ramp platform when not in use. Anti-slip surface on ramp. Natural wood finish. Rampplatform measures 104 x 216cm. Ramp incline graduates from1cm to 20cm high. Set of three includes the following sizes:Height Width Depth15cm 91cm 41cm10cm 81cm 41cm50cm 76cm 41cm1590 £675.94

Maximumuser weight

180kg

281/4st

Maximumuser weight

180kg

281/4st

4wks


Clinic Furniture


069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:29 Page 549


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Steps

1

2

3

Conventional Steps1

These high quality conventional steps feature three steps on oneside and four on the other. On the side with three, the steps are20cm deep and on the side with four, they are 15cm deep.The handrails are independently height adjustable from 40 to90cm. Footprint: 193 x 65cm. Height 58cm.AA9568 £848.98

SDDMaximumuser weight

140kg

22st

Alcove Steps2

These ingenious steps are ideal for clinics where space is at apremium or where an alcove means space is wasted. Just 148cmwide, they feature four 15cm deep steps on one side and three20cm steps on the other. Handrails are height adjustable from40cm to 90cm.AA95068 Footprint 140 x 150cm £1135.58

4wks

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

Paediatric Steps3

A scaled down version of the corner steps opposite, these steps arebrightly coloured to brighten any paediatric clinic and aid compliance.On one side there are four steps with a depth of 11.5cm and on theother there are three steps with a depth of 15cm. The handrails adjustfrom 38cm to 75cm. Length 112cm. Width 94cm.AA9567P £794.90

4wksMaximum

user weight64kg

10st

INFORMATIONThe maximum user weight refers to the steps only. The handrails are not fully weight bearing and are for support only.



SAMEDAYDESPATCH

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:29 Page 550


Clinic Furniture

Steps

1

2

2

Space Saving Steps2

These stairs are made up of 2 sections and can be quicklyadjusted so that they slot together, reducing the storage space required. Made from high quality hardwood withthe 15cm deep steps covered in durable carpet. Handrails areheight adjustable from 40 to 90cm.Fully assembled: Length 140cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm.When compact: Length 87cm. Width 86cm. Height 60cm AA9518 £1059.87

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

Corner Steps1

Excellent quality hardwood steps, which are carpeted for safetyand durability. These corner steps are in a set of four 15cm deepone side and three 20cm deep on the other side. The handrailsare height adjustable from 40 to 90cm. Dimensions: Length 145cm. Width 120cm. Height 58cm.AA9567 £832.76

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

INFORMATIONThe maximum user weight refers to the steps only. The handrails are not fully weight bearing and are for support only.

SDD

SDD

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH


SDD

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:29 Page 551

Parallel Bars

2

3 3

Junior - Height Adjustable Folding Parallel Bars2

Same design as the parallel bars above, except with a smallerspecification to accommodate children. Height 40 to 65cm.Length 186cm. Width 36cm. Handrail diameter 25mm.AA9513 £272.54

1 Height Adjustable Folding Parallel Bars1

These parallel bars provide excellent stability and areextremely robust. The bars have a non-slip plastic laminatecoating, and the base is hardwearing powder coated steel and chrome, for durability. The bars may be folded flat for easy storage making them ideal for a multi-use therapy room or gymnasium. Height adjustment 69 to 100cm with easy to uselocking pins. Height 69 to 100cm. Length 230cm. Width 66cm. Handrail diameter 45mm.AA9562 £378.53

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

SDD

Maximumuser weight

63kg

10st

Westminster Parallel Bars3

An extensive range of parallel bars to suit your clinics needs.Available in a variety of lengths, with single or double bars,which can be fixed to wooden or solid floor. A free standingwooden carpet base with sloping ends is also available.Dimensions: Double bar - upper rail height 90cm - lower rail canbe positioned to give a height of either 67 or 83cm. Single bar -rail height 90cm. Handrail diameter 45mm.

Single LengthAA9564A 182cm £431.52AA9564B 335cm £567.79AA9564C 487cm £827.35AA9564D 640cm £1076.09Double LengthAA9563A 182cm £724.61AA9563B 335cm £946.31AA9563C 487cm £1059.87AA9563D 640cm £1476.25Base Length and WidthAA9566A 250 x 120cm £475.86AA9566B 400 x 120cm £529.94AA9566C 560 x 120cm £567.79AA9566D 720 x 120cm £670.53

SDD

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

4wks


INFORMATIONWe recommend installation by a qualified tradesman.



Clin

ic F

urni

ture

SAMEDAYDESPATCH

SAMEDAYDESPATCH


SDD

069_EXPT_0545-0552:069_EXPT_0545-0552 23/11/09 18:29 Page 552

1Width and Height Adjustable Parallel Bars1

Both the height and width are adjustable on these parallel barsand they can also be folded down for storage. Stable andextremely robust with a non-slip plastic laminate coating. Height is adjustable with easy to use locking pins from 69 to100cm. Width adjustable from 40 to 61cm. Length 230cm.Handrail diameter 45mm.AA9517 £448.82

Ropox Parallel Bars2

The Ropox parallel bars are ideal for walking and balancetraining as well as training in a standing position. They are idealfor use in hospitals, clinics, day centres, fitness and trainingcentres, and gymnasiums. Available in three lengths and infinitelyadjustable between 79 and 103cm in height, they are suitable forevery situation. The height is adjusted by depressing the pedal ofthe gas spring unit situated at one end and pushing the bars tothe required height. Recommended mounting width is 70cm butthey may be mounted at different widths if required.

LengthAA95113A 3m £1319.43AA95113B 4m £1319.43AA95113C 6m £1946.70

SuperPole™ Horizontal Rail System3

A portable bar system for short term walking therapy. Simple to install, the SuperPoles are quickly and easily fixed securelybetween floor and ceiling by jackscrew expansion, only ascrewdriver is needed to install. Ideal for situations where apermanent installation may not be an option or where space isan issue. Suitable for both long or short term usage. Rail holderbrackets feature non-scratching plastic lining and non-deformingtightening system. Rails are adjustable in height with anextremely low range for paediatric applications. Available as a single or double rail kit system.Handrail Specifications Height: 46-100cm. Length: 228cm. Diameter: 4cm.SuperPole SpecificationsHeight: 236-253cm. Diameter: 3.8cm.AA95017 Single Rail Kit System £519.12AA95018 Double Rail Kit System £962.54

Maximumuser weight

140kg

22st

SDD

Maximumuser weight

130kg

201/4st

Maximumuser weight

136kg

211/4st

SINGLE RAIL DOUBLE RAIL

2

3

3


Parallel Bars


SAMEDAYDESPATCH

Clinic Furniture

4wks


070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:29 Page 553


Suspension Frames & Wall Bars

Suspension Frames1

A high quality range of suspension frames for walls and ceilings.Manufactured from steel with a white epoxy coating.

AA9570 Wall Bar Mounted Frame £215.22(69 x 69cm)

AA9571 Wall Mounted Frame £193.05(69 x 69cm - Hangers 15cm)

AA9572 Standard Ceiling Frames £248.75with Cantilevers (198 x 69cm)

AA9573 Standard Ceiling Frames £248.75with 4 Ceiling Hangers(198 x 69cm - Hangers 76cm)

D

C

B

A

Wall Bars2

Wall bars in polished pine, available in single, double and triplesections to suit your clinic requirements. The units are suppliedcomplete with wall fixing kit and instructions.AA9560A Single Section 270 x 86cm SDD £356.90AA9560B Double Section 270 x 167cm £540.75AA9560C Triple Section 270 x 249cm £702.98

Westminster Pulley System3

The Westminster Pulley system permits smooth weight resisted exercises and the amount of resistance can be variedindependently. Swivel type connections allow for an infinite range of directions and angles. Supplied with weights - 1 x 5kg,2 x 1.25kg and 8 x 2.5kg and a pair of single loop handles005003 £702.98

1

1

2 3

C

D B

A


4wks

4wks


Clin

ic F

urni

ture


SDD

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:29 Page 554

Pulleys

1 1

222

33

Rolyan Reach’N Range Overhead Pulley1

Simple to use for re-building muscles and increasing range of motion. Dual overhead pulley offers extra stability and can beused with weights on one handle to counterbalance the strengthof the opposite extremity. Weights (not included) can be addedas strength improves. Overhead system positions the patientaway from the door, allowing more free range-of-motion patterns,such as PNF patterns. Appropriate for home and clinic use.A873620 £29.20

Rolyan Reach’N Range Pulley2

Easy-to-use pulley system for strengthening weakened shouldersand increasing range of motion. Features the innovative, easily adjusted ROM stop to control range-of-motion patterns.Easy length adjustability to fit patients quickly. Lightweight andcompact for travelling convenience. Fits standard and thick doors.

A873623 With Webbing Strap £16.22

A873624 With Metal Bracket £16.22B

A

Grahamizer I Multi-Use Exerciser3

Ideal for post-mastectomy, clinic, and home exercise programmes.Exerciser combines many standard rehabilitation exercises intoone portable device. Features an over-the-door wedge hangerthat attaches to 3cm thick doors. Has a 22 step fluted fingerladder. Includes two 15cm dowels, nylon rope with 73cm travelon a swivel pulley, 9cm hand grips spaced 25cm out from baseand a peg for storing rope up and out of the way. Also includes a“wind-up” shoulder wheel with a 91cm nylon rope that features6.5cm of vertical height adjustment to increase ROM, reach, etc.Height easily adjusts with one revolution of the adjustment knob.There’s a rubber ball at the end of the rope for squeezing, graspingand preventing slippage. Length 1.07m. Width 29cm. Depth 35cm.Weight 8.5kg. 5026 £243.34

A B


Clinic Furniture

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:29 Page 555


Standers

1

111

Tumble Forms 2® SammonsThree-in-One TriStander Preston

1

The TriStander positioner does the job of three conventionalstanders. Its unique design allows prone, supine and vertical standing. A floor operated pneumatic tilt mechanism makesit easy to adjust the stander from 15º to 90º. The wide range ofadjustability in the TriStander allows it to grow with the child. The adjustable module cushions can be mounted on either sizeframe to accommodate the unique positioning needs of the client.Each cushion is shaped to position the child securely and they arealso easy to wash and disinfect. Latex free.TriStander Features• Adjustable, soft, cushioned pads• Pads are seamless, impervious to body fluids and wipe clean• Module cushions are interchangeable• 75mm (3") double locking castors prevent roll and swivelAvailable in two sizes. The TriStander 45 (yellow frame)accommodates children from 810mm (32") to 1140mm (45") andthe TriStander 58 (blue frame) accommodates children from1090mm (43") to 1470mm (58") in height.The TriStander Includes• TriStander frame • Shoes with bar• Hip support • Headrest• Knee support • Trunk support4525S TriStander 45 (Yellow Frame) £1025.004530S TriStander 58 (Blue Frame) £1350.004526S TriStander 45 with Activity Tray £1425.004529S TriStander 58 with Activity Tray £1750.00

TriStander 45 TriStander 58

Tumble Forms 2® SammonsTriStander Accessories Preston

2

All of the components, including the frame can be ordered separately as accessories. TriStander 45 Accessories4525F Frame only 545 x 965mm £699.004525H Headrest 228 x 247mm £71.074525K Standard Trunk 215 x 140mm (inside) £78.13

Support4526K Medium Trunk 254 x 165mm (inside) £88.27

Support4525P Hip Support 215 x 101mm (inside) £91.134525N Knee Support (pair) 76 x 57mm (inside) £120.994525E Shoes with Bar 216 x 70mm (inside) £221.444525T Activity Tray 660 x 660mm £404.21924526 Head Support 228 x 241mm £71.54

with Laterals (76mm laterals)924527 Adjustable Trunk 192 x 152 to190mm £210.36

Support (inside)924528 Push Handle 78 x 254mm £113.28924525R Complete Set of Straps and Pads £95.56TriStander 58 Accessories4527F Frame only 584 x 1194mm £930.004527H Headrest 228 x 266mm £74.704527K Standard Trunk 292 x 152mm (inside) £92.47

Support4526K Medium Trunk 254 x 165mm (inside) £88.27

Support4527P Hip Support 305 x 152mm (inside) £108.344527N Knee Support (pair) 101 x 57mm (inside) £138.264527E Shoes with Bar 261 x 89mm (inside) £240.874527T Activity Tray 737 x 737mm £416.38924526 Head Support 228 x 241mm £71.54

with Laterals (76mm laterals)924527 Adjustable Trunk 192 x 152 to 190mm £210.36

Support (inside)924528 Push Handle 78 x 254mm £113.28924530R Complete set of Straps and Pads £90.68

Maximumuser weight

32kg

5st

Maximumuser weight

68kg

101/2st

FULL RANGE OF ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE

ACCESSORYTRAY

VERTICAL STANDING SUPINE STANDING PRONE STANDING

HEAD SUPPORT WITH LATERALSADJUSTABLE TRUNK SUPPORTPUSH HANDLE

HEADREST HIP SUPPORT

2

2

SHOESWITH BAR

KNEESUPPORT

TRUNKSUPPORT

AIR CYLINDERALLOWS FORADJUSTMENT

RANGE OF 15º TO 90º

KNEE MODULESADJUST IN HEIGHT

AND WIDTH TOSTABILISE THELOWER LEGS

SHOES ADJUST IN WIDTH,HEIGHT AND ANGLE

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 6 weeks.Please contact Customer Services for more information.

Clin

ic F

urni

ture

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:29 Page 556


Standers

The Vision standing frame with power lift, offerspatients an optimum aid to meet requirementscompletely, whether for medical, educational andphysiotherapeutic reasons.Medical Benefits:• Diaphragmatic respiration is easier and thus the oxygen

content of the blood increases.

• Strengthening of chest muscles

• Stabilising of circulation

• Digestion improved (solving a known problem inwheelchair users)

• Allows full evacuation of the urinary tract

• Osteoporosis prophylaxis provided

Physiotherapeutic Benefits:• Prevention of contractures to a large degree

• Leg muscles are built up

Educational Benefits:• The patient can develop a new awareness of their body, since

they can perceive their full height in a standing position. Theycan thus experience the same perspective as every healthyperson, which gives psychological and emotional benefits.

• Expanded field of vision in close surroundings brings greateropportunities of perception and experience.

Indications for Use:• Cerebral palsy • Tetraplegia

• Paraplegia • Multiple sclerosis

Features:• Cordless remote control

• Pressure relieving stand up belt

• User friendly height adjustment of the table throughgas springs

• Depth and tilt adjustable activity table

• Depth, height, width and angle adjustable paddedknee supports

• Depth and width adjustable heel rests

• Four pivoted wheels with brakes that lock fast

• The close to floor entry makes transfer from thewheelchair easier

Accessories:• Enlarged belt system

• Bottom support

• Back support with headrest

09 119 1543 £1993.05

1

1

Vision Standing Frame1

LOWERED HANDRAILS MAKE STANDING UPEASIER FOR THE USER

1

BOTTOM SUPPORT, CAN BE FOLDED DOWN

1

CORDLESSREMOTE CONTROL

1

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT OF THE PADDED KNEEPADS THROUGH ONE-HANDED OPERATION

Technical Details

Standing frame with power lift VISION

Article number VS-1000

Foot board table 93 to 120cm

Foot board knee supports 38 to 56cm

Height of handrails (from foot board) 80 to 104cm

Floor upper edge of foot board 8cm

Max. length 110cm

Base width 78cm

Table (width x depth) 75 x 60cm

Exercise tension 230V

Weight 62kg

Max. load 150kg


4-6wks

NEW

Clinic Furniture


070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:30 Page 557

Dimensions Infant Junior Large

Length (cm): 60 70 98

Width (cm): 50 60 68-78

Arm pit height (cm): 50-65 65-89 89-120

Product weight: 22kg 28kg 35kg

Maximum user weight: 20kg 40kg 55kg

1

INFANT UPI™

1

UPI™ Paediatric Vertical Stander1

• Three sizes available: Infant, Junior and Large

• Hip and thoracic height adjustment

• Hip and thoracic lateral adjustment

• Full knee control and foot positioning

• Height adjustable tray

Vertical standing encourages almost total weight bearing through the legs.This posture closely follows standard standing.Vertical standing frames are simple and usually less obtrusive than pronestanders. Transfer to and from vertical standing frames is a lot simpler asthe user does not need to come forward of vertical to be supported.The UPI vertical stander provides a simple support to help maintain a goodposture for those with balance impairment, low to medium muscle tone orthose who require additional support for prolonged periods of standing.Although the UPI is relatively simple, it has a full range of hip and thoracicheight adjustment, hip and thoracic lateral adjustment, full knee control andfoot positioning. The easy to position support areas provide full arm andfirm control of posture.The infant and the junior have a profiled wooden base, which gives themtheir strong visual identity. The large UPI has a base with two width settings.The first, wide setting gives full access to the footboard and for a simpletransfer from sitting to standing and stability during standing. The second,narrower setting is used when the stander is being transported.

UPI Infant Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors09 114 0235 With UK Plug £930.0909 117 3228 With EU Plug £930.09

UPI Junior Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors09 114 0243 With UK Plug £993.9009 117 3236 With EU Plug £993.90

UPI Large Vertical Standing Frame includes tray, bowl castors09 114 0250 With UK Plug £1189.6509 117 3244 With EU Plug £1189.65

UPI Paediatric Vertical Stander - Specifications

JUNIOR UPI™

LARGE UPI™

Maximumuser weight

55kg

81/2st


Clin

ic F

urni

ture

Standers



070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:30 Page 558

1 2

2

2

Classic™ Standing Frame1 Delta™ Standing Frame2

The Delta Standing Frame is ideal for home use. It is more compact than theClassic Standing Frame, above, but shares the same range of adjustment andease of use. The electric lifting mechanism is powered by 240V AC mains.The Delta Standing Frame is available in either a standard version or anadvanced version. The Delta Advance has a reciprocal lifting device thatenables the knee pads to be tilted towards the user. This feature compensatesfor different wheelchair types and with the use of a second actuator will returnthe user to the precise position from which they were lifted.Specifications: Length 110cm. Width 76cm. Users height 140-200cm. Weight of product 82.5Kg.Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads.09 114 0334 UK Plug £4326.0009 117 3434 EU Plug £4326.00

Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracicsupport with laterals.09 114 0342 UK Plug £4974.9009 117 3442 EU Plug £4974.90

Delta electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straight thoracicsupport with laterals and head control.09 114 0359 UK Plug £5083.0509 117 3459 EU Plug £5083.05

Delta AdvanceDelta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads.09 116 5802 UK Plug £4650.4509 117 3467 EU Plug £4650.45

Delta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads andstraight thoracic support with laterals.09 116 5828 UK Plug £5083.0509 117 3475 EU Plug £5083.05

Delta Advance electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads andstraight thoracic support with laterals and head control.09 116 5844 UK Plug £5245.2809 117 3483 EU Plug £5245.28

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

Maximumuser weight

120kg

183/4st

DELTA DELTA ADVANCE

DELTA ADVANCE

A free standing vertical stander, designed to cope with a wide range ofconditions. The principle involves the user being raised to standing fromsitting, by blocking the knees against the knee pad on the stander,positioning the feet on the footboard and using an electric belt to lift thepelvis. Vertical standing encourages almost total weight bearing through thelegs. A daily program can help improve circulation, increase bone mineraldensity and help in the full evacuation of the urinary tract. The electric liftingmechanism is powered by 240V AC mains.Specifications: Length 118cm. Width 77cm.User’s height 140-200cm. Weight 84.5Kg.Classic electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads.09 114 0276 UK Plug £4542.3009 117 3319 EU Plug £4542.30

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straightthoracic support with laterals.09 114 0284 UK Plug £5083.0509 117 3376 EU Plug £5083.05

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straightthoracic support with laterals and head control unit.09 114 0292 UK Plug £5083.0509 117 3392 EU Plug £5083.05

Classic electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads with combinedsliding footboard and tray.09 114 0300 UK Plug £5191.2009 117 3400 EU Plug £5191.20

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straightthoracic support with laterals, complete with sliding footboard and tray.09 114 0318 UK Plug £5623.8009 117 3418 EU Plug £5623.80

Classic Electric with tray, castors, hip bars and pads and straightthoracic support with laterals and head control unit, complete withsliding footboard and tray.09 114 0326 UK Plug £5948.2509 117 3426 EU Plug £5948.25

Classic manual frame with tray, castors, hip bars and pads09 114 0268 £2433.38

StandersC

linic Furniture




070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:30 Page 559

Ultra Slim Fluorescent Lamp1

The Ultra Slim Fluorescent Lamp is the only magnifying lampcombining the largest diameter lens of 17.5cm with the mosttechnologically advanced, slimline design and a unique 28 wattdaylight tube. The electronic ballast makes it flicker free. Supplied with: 28watt low heat, high light output, daylightsimulation bulb, diffuser and table clamp. 016441 £156.56

Pioneer Mag Lamp2

Specifically designed for medical use, the Pioneer MagnifyingLamp has fully integrated spring mechanisms and cable.Supplied with: 1 x 22watt light source, mounting bracket and lens protector.009299 £288.86010412 Pioneer Bracket £29.75

Ultimate Portable Lamp3

Lightweight and compact, it folds neatly together making itconveniently portable. Supplied with: 1 x 9watt low energy/heatdaylight simulation tube.018924 Battery Operated £69.41

Medical Examination Light Not Illustrated5

Medical Incandescent Examination light. Supplied with: 60 wattincandescent bulb.008430 £103.32

Slimline Mag Lamp4

Slimline design to ensure optimal uninterrupted view.Containing an electronic ballast offering flicker free lighting. Supplied with: 2 lenses (1.75X and 2.225X) (lenses diameter 13cm)and 1 x 22watt slimline daylight tube.016439 £123.00

1

2

3

4

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


Lamps

BESTSELLER

BESTSELLER

070_EXPT_0553-0560:070_EXPT_0553-0560 23/11/09 18:30 Page 560

4

1

33

5

7

8

2

Debris Foot Tray4

Keep your practice clean by using this debris foot tray to keepskin and nail debris contained while you work.005470 £30.32

Long Handled Brush1

Long-handled soft brush to be used with long-handled dust pan.008138 £7.49

Long Handled Dust Pan2

Stainless steel dustpan with closing lid, for use with longhandled brush.008137 £45.41

Pedal Bin3

Ideal for helping to keep your practice in pristine condition.004254 Chrome £31.90004255 White £29.00

Plastic Bottle with Screw Top5

A secure top makes this bottle ideal for storage of liquids.005837 250ml Pack of 10 £3.52

Ointment jar with screw lid 6

Ointment jars for the storage of creams and ointments.005841 250ml £1.42

Plastic Beaker with Screw Top7

009053 250ml £3.75

Plastic Tub with Screw Lid8

008997 30ml £0.83

Ointment Jar with Screw Lid9

008123 15ml £0.44009179 30ml £0.57008120 60ml £0.72

Clinic Furniture

Hardware


6

9

WHITE CHROME

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:30 Page 561

562

Hardware

1 3

4 5

6 7 8

2 Glass Jars1

Storage jars for dry items such as cotton wool. Lids suppliedseparately, see below)005848 10 x 10cm £9.03005849 12.5 x 12.5cm £12.04005850 15 x 15cm £15.40

Glass Jar Lids2

Stainless steel lids for use with our range of glass storage jars.005845 10cm £7.21005846 12.5cm £7.95005847 15cm £8.30

Amber Dropper Bottle3

Dropper bottle with rubber pipette for surgery and domiciliaryuse.004263 10ml £0.63

Clear Stock Bottle4

The most popular sizes of stock bottle for use in your surgery ordomiciliary work.006093 30ml £2.16006094 50ml £2.22006095 100ml £2.72006096 250ml £3.24

Clear Dropper Bottle5

006027 30ml £4.50

Pipette with Red Teat6

For use with clear dropper bottle.006028 30ml £3.65

Clear Polystop/Dropper Bottle7

006091 30ml £3.12

Polystop/Dropper8006092 For 30ml Bottle £1.93

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:30 Page 562


Plain Aluminium Autoclave Tray1

Aluminium for autoclaving instruments007641 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Silver £5.23017175 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Blue £5.23007654 28 x 18 x 1.9cm Blue £6.18

Plain Aluminium Autoclave Lid2

007650 18 x 14cm £5.37007655 28 x 18cm Silver £5.75

Perforated Aluminium Autoclave Tray3

Aluminium for autoclaving instruments007645 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Blue £7.99016446 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Yellow £4.83017257 18 x 14 x 1.9cm Silver £7.99017255 28 x 18 x 1.9cm Silver £6.80

Perforated Aluminium Autoclave Lid4

016444 18 x 14cm £6.60016445 28 x 18cm £8.00

21

Hardware

43

Plastic Instrument Bath5

Plastic box to store instruments after autoclaving, and prior tousage Made from polypropylene, and can be autoclaved.Maximum temperature 135°C.007724 £22.71

5

Gallipot 6

Gallipots are made of polypropylene and are autoclavable.005659 90ml £0.56

Kidney Dish7

We stock two sizes of kidney dish, and both are made ofpolypropylene and are autoclavable.005657 15cm £1.19005658 20cm £1.42

Clinic Furniture

6

7

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:30 Page 563

1

2

Podiatry Domiciliary Bag Mobilis Rolyan1

This new Domiciliary Bag only weighs 2kg, making it an excellentoption for domiciliary visits. It is manufactured from MicrAgardmaterial which contains silver for anti-microbial protection.It is also anti microbial, fluid repellant, fire retardant, rot proofand waterproof! Provides a safe environment to store your equipment, products,instruments and drill when moving from house to house,and comes with a detachable shoulder strap for comfort andeasy carrying.• Weight when empty: 2kg

• Dimensions: Height 42cm. Width 52cm (incl. side pockets).Depth 25cm.

021867 £208.95

Domiciliary Bag with Wheels Mobilis Rolyan2

Similar to the Podiatry Domicillary Bag above but with wheels toreduce the stress of carrying. Provides a safe environment fortransporting equipment when moving between houses.• Weight when empty: 3kg

• Dimensions: Height 47cm (incl. wheels). Width 52cm (incl. sidepockets). Depth 28cm.

021927 £294.53

Domiciliary EquipmentC

linic

Fur

nitu

re


NEW

NEW

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:30 Page 564

Domiciliary Equipment

1

2

3

4

Practica 1 Case1

The Practica 1 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a shockproof ABS with aluminium frame and key locks. Weight (empty): 5.2kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 180mm.004709 £168.68

Practica 2 Case2

The Practica 2 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a shockproof ABS with aluminium frame and key locks. It is has the additional benefit of a back lid housing a usefulportfolio section for carrying patient records and cards. Weight(empty): 7kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 220mm.004713 £192.94

Practica 3 Case3

The Practica 3 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in durable PVC and key locks. It also offers a document pocket and end pocket. Weight (empty): 5kg. Internal dimensions: 412 x 311 x 180mm004775 £164.93

Practica 4 Case4

The Practica 4 is a versatile wipe clean pull out drawer system in a lightweight, fully padded 600D polyester zipped bag. It has a removable and wipeable PVC sheet for podiatry use. It comescomplete with a handle and removable shoulder strap, two endpockets and a back pocket for documents. Weight (empty): 4.4kg.Internal dimensions: 390 x 300 x 160mm.004899 £202.86

Clinic Furniture



071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:31 Page 565

Domiciliary Equipment

2

2

3

4

5

Domiciliary Stool and Carry Bag2

The two piece moulded plastic seat it’s lightweight and comeswith a carry bag. Height 21cm.004203 Stool and Carry Bag £38.57004200 Domiciliary Stool £19.27004201 Carry bag for stool £25.68

FiltAir Pure Drill Bag Mobilis Rolyan1

This hard wearing bag is manufactured totally from MicrAgard(contains silver), and is also antimicrobial, fluid repellant, andwaterproof! It includes an air vent so you can use the drill insidethe bag, and a comfort strap for easy carrying.• Dimensions: 23cm H x 38cm W x 17cm D

021868 £114.45

Complete Tripod3

Ideal for domiciliary use, the ultra-light weight black tripodfootrest allows the podiatrist to support the foot at an idealworking height. The black tripod footrest is adjustable andlockable. The rest has a comfortable foam top.008122 Complete Tripod £54.02005636 Tripod Base £20.95005720 Tripod Top £33.08

Nomad Footrest4

The Nomad Footrest is adjustable and lockable. The footrest hasa sturdy moulded plastic top. It comes with a carry bag and anadjustable strap for easy transportation. Height: Minimum 45cm.Maximum 67cm. Weight: 1.6kg. In bag 2kg.005613 £120.97

Vulkan Trainers Bag5

The Vulkan Trainers Bag is washable medical bag. This bagoffers ample space for storage and a double zipped drop down front panel. Dimensions: 440mm x 240mm x 240mm.003821 £28.35

1

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


NEW

INFORMATIONDesigned to be used with the FiltAir Pure Drill. See page 587 for furtherinformation.

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:31 Page 566

Reality Orientation

1

21

34

2

R.O. Daily Information Pack1

Ideal for use with magnetic whiteboards for reality orientationpurposes. Excellent for residential home settings. Contains64 magnetic strips, screen printed with words referring tocalendar date and heading such as ‘Daily Activities’ and‘Staff On Duty’. Three blank strips are also included.AC1477 £201.55

R.O. Therapy Pack2

For use in conjunction with the magnetic whiteboards oppositeand Daily Information Pack above. Provides additional wordstrips including seasons, holidays, meals and weather conditions.AC1478 £285.78

Magnetic Letters3

Bulk pack of 288 brightly coloured magnetic letters (240 lowercase, 48 upper case). Easy to handle with rounded edges.AC1467 £38.65

Magnetic Numbers4

Bulk pack of 288 brightly coloured magnetic numbers andsymbols. Easy to handle with rounded edges.AC1468 £30.30

Clinic Furniture


INFORMATIONFor magnetic white boards, see page 568.

071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:31 Page 567

Reality Orientation

1

2 3

4

4

Whiteboard1

Available in two sizes, this whiteboard is ideal as a realityorientation display source. Attach posters and drawings or usedry wipe markers to display written information.AC1475 2400 x 1200mm (941/2 x 471/4") £213.28

Magnetic Whiteboard2

Big enough for lots of information this whiteboard is ideal forreality orientation purposes. Use dry wipe markers to displaywritten information or use with the magnetic letters, numbers andshapes or reality orientation packs opposite.AC1470 1200 x 1200mm (471/4 x 471/4") £158.15

Magnetic Write and Wipe Board3

A portable magnetic whiteboard for wall mounting or uprighttabletop use. Ideal for reality orientation/notice displays or avariety of other activities in small groups or by individuals.AC1473 610 x 460mm (24 x 18") £95.39

Portable Magnetic Whiteboard4

This portable magnetic whiteboard is double sided and can beused for reality orientation, group activities and by individuals.AC1476 700 x 450mm (271/2 x 173/4") £71.10

Clin

ic F

urni

ture


071_EXPT_0561-0568:071_EXPT_0561-0568 23/11/09 18:31 Page 568

Documents

Terapevtski pripomočki in oprema